what's new in sap s/4hana cloud 1805 objects.....220 4.2 sap best practices content ... sap ewm...

What's New PUBLIC

Document Version: 1.0 – 2018-05-07

What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805

Content

1 Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141.1 Name Changes for Finance Apps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141.2 Service Interfaces for SAP S/4HANA Cloud. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Payment Advice – Send. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Payment Advice Cancellation – Send. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Payment Advice – Create. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Payment Advice – Cancel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18Bank Statement - Post. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19Replicate Profit Center Master Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Manage Reported Financial Data in Bulk for Consolidation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Send Confirmation for Reported Financial Data for Consolidation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

1.3 Financial Planning and Analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Revenue Variance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Sales Accounting Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Manage Cost Rates - Professional Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Cost Allocation apps no longer visible in Periodic Activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Internal Order Factsheet and Search no Longer Available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Business Catalogs for Financial Planning and Analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Controlling Document Factsheet No Longer Available. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Production Cost Analysis - New Data Structure and Calculation Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Object Currency in Report "Projects - Baseline/EAC/Ongoing". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

1.4 Accounting and Financial Close. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29General Ledger Accounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29Asset Accounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Consolidation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50Run Advanced Compliance Reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55Define Advanced Compliance Reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Generic VAT Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57

1.5 Treasury Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Cash and Liquidity Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Treasury and Risk Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

1.6 Financial Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Receivables Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Invoice Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86Settlement Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94

1.7 Governance, Risk and Compliance for Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

2 P U B L I CWhat's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805

Content

International Trade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 981.8 SAP Best Practices Content. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101

Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Sell from Stock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Classification for Customs Tariff Number and Commodity Code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Intercompany Financial Posting and Payment on Behalf - Domestic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Electronic Payment Advice Integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Bank Fee Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Project-Based Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Data Entry for Cloud Consolidation on SAP Cloud Platform. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Bank Connectivity via APIs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108Key Risk Indicator Monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109Period-End Closing - Plant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Advanced Bank Account Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Accounting for Incoming Sales Orders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Period-End Closing - Projects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Bank Integration with SAP Financial Services Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114Accounting and Financial Close. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Legal Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116Market Data Feed from SAP Cloud Platform. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Collections and Dispute Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118Advanced Cash Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Project Financial Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Advanced Credit Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Accounts Payable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Basic Credit Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123One Allocation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125SAP Watch List Screening. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Plan Consolidation for SAP S/4HANA Cloud. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127Intercompany Process for Cash Concentration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128Integration to SAP RealSpend and SAP Financial Statement Insights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Consolidation Integration with SAP S/4HANA Cloud. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130Advance Compliance Reporting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Project-Based Services - PL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Lease-In Accounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Debt and Investment Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Foreign Currency Risk Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Hedge Accounting for FX Forward supporting IFRS 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Contract Accounting: Customer Initiated Payments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Contract Accounting: Daily and Monthly Closing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137Contract Accounting: Company Initiated Payments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138SAP Hybris Revenue Cloud Integration: Convergent Invoicing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805Content P U B L I C 3

Hedge Accounting for FX Option supporting IFRS 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Lease-Out for Sublease Accounting - Parallel Ledger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Lease-Out for Sublease Accounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142Hedge Accounting for FX Swap supporting IFRS 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Contract Accounting: Open Item Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Monitoring of Goods and Invoice Receipts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Machine Learning for Monitoring of Goods and Invoice Receipts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Service Contract. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Lease-In Accounting - Parallel Ledger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Lease-Out Accounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148SAP Global Trade Services Integration for Compliance Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Lockbox. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Combined Invoice - Goods and Service Items. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Returnable Packaging to Vendor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152Complementary Invoice - Pricing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Electronic Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154Delivery of Goods on Behalf of Another Company. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Invoice, Taxes and Complementary Postings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

1.9 Country Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156

2 Manufacturing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1572.1 Production Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

OData Service for Maintain Planned Independent Requirements API. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Changed API for Material Planning Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Changed API for Planned Orders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158Buffer Positioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Change Comparison View Chart Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159Schedule ATP Run for Production / Planned Orders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Define Plant Parameters Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161

2.2 Manufacturing Execution for Discrete Industries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Configuration for Shop Floor Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

2.3 Quality Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Process Quality Tasks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Assign a Task to a Defect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Quality Technician Overview Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Manage Quality Info Records. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Inspection Lot Analytics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Inspection Lot Detailed Analytics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Self-Service Configuration UI for Inspection Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Changed API for Inspection Lots. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Definition of Authorization Restrictions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Extensibility in Quality Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168


Content

2.4 SAP Best Practices Content. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Subcontracting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Make-to-Stock Production with Variant Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170Demand-Driven Buffer Level Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Make-to-Stock Production - Process Manufacturing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Nonconformance Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173Make-to-Order Production with Variant Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174SAP Fiori Analytical Apps for Quality Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

2.5 Country Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

3 Professional Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1773.1 Customer Project Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Plan Customer Projects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Review Customer Projects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178View Written-off Items in Release Billing Proposals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

3.2 Resource Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Assignment of Multiple Resources to a Resource Request. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Marking of Assigned Resources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Availability Matching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Filtering of Suitable Resource Requests. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

3.3 SAP Best Practices Content. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Customer Project Management - Project-Based Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Service and Material Procurement - Project-Based Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Time Recording - Project-Based Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184Advanced Resource Management - Project-Based Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185


4 Sales. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1874.1 Order and Contract Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187

Sales Master Data Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187Sales Contract Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192Sales Order Management and Processing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Billing and Invoicing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203Claims, Returns, and Refund Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210Sales Monitoring and Analytics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214Destruction Objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

4.2 SAP Best Practices Content. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221Analytics for Sales: Central Stock with Returns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221Predictive Analytics Model Training - Sales. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222Accelerated Customer Returns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223Extended Intercompany Processes for Sales. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224Intercompany Sales Order Processing - Domestic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225


Convergent Billing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226Intercompany Process for Customer Returns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .227Customer Consignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228Electronic Payment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229Sell from Stock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230Integration of SAP S/4HANA Sales with Procurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231Sales Order Processing with Customer Down Payment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .232Intercompany Sales Order Processing - International. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233Integration with Third-Party Sales Force Automation System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Free Goods Processing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235Third-Party Warehouse Management System Integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

4.3 Country Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

5 Sourcing and Procurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2375.1 Self-Service Configuration UIs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2375.2 Workflow Features in Sourcing and Procurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2405.3 APIs for Integration with Sourcing and Procurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

New SOAP APIs for Purchase Requisitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241New SOAP APIs for Purchase Orders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242New SOAP APIs for Service Entry Sheets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244New SOAP API for Inbound Deliveries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245New SOAP API for Supplier Invoices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Changed OData API for Supplier Invoices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246New OData API for Supplier Evaluation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

5.4 Sourcing and Contract Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248Source Assignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248Purchase Contract Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

5.5 Operational Procurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Create Purchase Requisition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Manage Workflows for Purchase Requisitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254My Purchase Requisitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255Schedule Import of Catalog Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255Manage Purchase Requisitions - Professional. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Replacement of Apps: Settings for Release Strategy and Settings for Release Strategy Classes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257Skill: Smart Buying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257Mass Changes to Purchase Orders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Subcontracting Cockpit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .259Monitor Supplier Confirmations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259Monitor Mass Changes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Manage Purchase Orders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Manage Service Entry Sheets - Lean Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261


Content

Replacement of Workflow Feature: Determination of Approver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2625.6 Invoice Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

Manage Supplier Invoices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264Supplier Invoices List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265Manage Workflows for Supplier Invoices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265Monitor Purchase Order Down Payments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

5.7 Procurement Analytics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267Material Price Variance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267Supplier Evaluation by Quality (Quality Notification). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268Embedded Analytics in Supplier Object Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268

5.8 Central Procurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Central Purchase Contracts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Central Purchasing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

5.9 App Extensibility for Classic Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276App Extensibility: Assign and Process Purchase Requisitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .276App Extensibility: Create Purchase Order via Purchase Requisition Assignment List. . . . . . . . . . . . .277Extensibility for Scheduling Agreement Delivery Schedule Apps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277

5.10 SAP Best Practices Content. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278Key User Extensibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278Business Event Handling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279Request for Price. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280Supplier Evaluation and Performance Monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281Procurement of Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282Central Contract Processing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283Intercompany Stock Transfer Returns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .284SAP Ariba Guided Buying Integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285Intercompany Stock Transfer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286Procurement of Direct Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287Central Requisitioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288Integration of SAP S/4HANA Cloud Procurement with Suppliers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Activity Management in Procurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290Supplier Consignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291Consumable Purchasing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292Requisitioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293Scheduling Agreement for Subcontracting Procurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294Direct Procurement with Inbound Delivery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295SAP Fieldglass - Service Procurement Integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296Proposal of Options for Materials without Purchase Contract. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297Central Purchasing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298Proposal of Material Group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299Proposal of new Catalog Item. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300


Propose Resolution for Invoice Payment Block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3015.11 Country Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .301

6 Supply Chain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3026.1 Logistics and Order Fulfillment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

Create Physical Inventory Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .302Post Goods Receipt for Purchase Order. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302Stock - Single Material. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303Transfer Stock – Cross Plant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304Post Goods Receipt for Inbound Delivery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .304Post Goods Receipt for Production Order. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305Post Goods Receipt without Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305Create Storage Location Automatically (SSC UI). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306API Services for Material Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307CDS Views for Inventory Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308CDS Views for Batch Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309Configuration for Physical Inventory (SSC UI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310Configuration for Material Valuation (SSC UI). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311Configuration for Batch Determination for Inventory Management (SSC UI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311Configuration for Batch Determination for Sales and Distribution (SSC UI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312Configuration for Serial Number Management (SSC UI). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313Advanced Available-to Promise (aATP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314Delivery Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

6.2 Warehousing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328Basic Integration with SAP Extended Warehouse Management (SAP EWM). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

6.3 Extensibility in Supply Chain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330Extensibility: Customer Returns Delivery - Read, Create, Update, Delete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330Extensibility: Outbound Delivery - Read, Create, Update, Delete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330

6.4 SAP Best Practices Content. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331Core Inventory Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331Stock Transfer without Delivery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332SAP EWM Integration - Outbound Processing to Customer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333SAP EWM Integration - Stock Transport Orders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334SAP EWM Integration - Delivery-Based Production Integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335SAP EWM Integration - Inbound Processing from Supplier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336SAP EWM Integration - Batch Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337Quality Management in Procurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338Physical Inventory - Inventory Count and Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .339SAP EWM Integration - Warehouse Stock Handling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340SAP EWM Integration - Customer Returns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341Third-Party Warehouse Management System Integration - Production Scenarios. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342

6.5 Country Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343


Content

7 R&D/Engineering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3447.1 Enterprise Portfolio and Project Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .344

Project Financial Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344Project Monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

7.2 Integrated Product Development for Discrete Industries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351Handover of Bill of Material to SAP Asset Intelligence Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .351Delete Bill of Material With Change Number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352Copying Material Bill of Material. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352Configuration for Bill of Material Usage (SSC UI). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353Enhancements to Maintain Bill of Material App. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354Performance Improvement for Versioned Material BOM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354API for Single-Level Where-Used List for Material BOM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355Support Software Component on Bill of Material Explosion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355Advanced Variant Configuration Integration with Production Order. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355Advanced Variant Configuration Decimal Characteristics & Material Variant Selection. . . . . . . . . . .356

7.3 Country Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3577.4 Integrated Product Development for Process Industries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .357

SAP CoPilot in Recipe Development. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357My Recipe Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358Date-Independent Search in Recipe Finder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358New Scenarios for Recipe Analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359API for Recipe Header, Formula and Process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360

7.5 SAP Best Practices Content. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360Engineering Bill of Material - Change Master Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361Project Review. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362Handover of Product Information to SAP Asset Intelligence Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363Advanced Ingredient Replacement for Recipes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364Engineering Bill of Material - Versions Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365Predictive Analytics Model Training - R&D/Engineering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .366Engineering Change Management with Change Records. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .366

8 Human Resources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3688.1 Core HR and Payroll. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3688.2 Time and Attendance Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368

Approve Timesheet - My Inbox. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368Manage My Timesheet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369

8.3 SAP Best Practices Content. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369Time Recording. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370Employee Integration - Employee Central Integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371


9 Asset Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373


9.1 Maintenance Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .373Simplified Management of EAM Functions 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373New Features for Find Maintenance Notification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .376

10 Integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37710.1 Master Data Integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377

Read Access Logging. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .377Extensibility in IDocs DEBMAS and CREMAS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378Changed API for Product Master (OData). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378Changed API for Product Master - Replicate Product (SOAP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .379

10.2 Business Network Integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38010.3 Configuration for cXML-Based Business Network Integration Moved to "Manage Your Solution". . . . . . 38010.4 SAP Ariba Guided Buying Integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38110.5 Integration of SAP S/4HANA Procurement Cloud with Suppliers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38210.6 SAP Best Practices Content. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383

SAP Mobile Cards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383UI Theme Designer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384

10.7 Integration with SAP Localization Hub, Tax Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385

11 Cross Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38611.1 Master Data Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .386

Product Master. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386Business Partner, Customer, and Supplier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .388

11.2 Master Data Governance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .391Master Data Governance, Consolidation and Mass Processing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .391Master Data Remediation and Process Analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .394

11.3 Analytics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395Create Evaluation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395Create KPI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396Configure Drill-Down. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .396KPI Workspace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397Smart Business Runtime Environment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397Create Tile for Analytics Cloud Stories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398

11.4 Situation Handling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399Monitor Situations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399Manage Situation Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399

11.5 Feature Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400Activate New Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400

11.6 Manage Teams and Responsibilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40111.7 SAP Best Practices Content. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402

Mass Processing for Business Partner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402Master Data Consolidation for Product. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403


Content

Mass Processing for Product. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404Mass Load and Mass Maintenance for Product. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405Master Data Consolidation for Business Partner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406Mass Load and Mass Maintenance for Business Partner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408Data Migration to SAP S/4HANA from File. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409Continuous Control Monitoring Integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410Integration to SAP S/4HANA Cloud for Data Enrichment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410SAP Global Trade Services Integration for Compliance Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .411SAP S/4HANA Cloud Integration with SAP Hybris Marketing Cloud. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412Integration with SAP Hybris Service Engagement Center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .413Data Migration to SAP S/4HANA from Staging. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414Data Protection and Privacy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415Output Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416SAP Hybris Revenue Cloud Integration: Sales Billing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417

11.8 Data Migration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417Migrate Your Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418Data Migration Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418

11.9 Message Monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41911.10 Custom Analytical Queries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42011.11 Maintain Clickjacking Protection Whitelist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42111.12 Custom Reusable Elements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42111.13 Custom Fields and Logic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42211.14 Export Software Collection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42311.15 Maintain Business Users. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42311.16 Maintain Business Roles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42411.17 Service Interfaces for Business User Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425

New API for Business User - Create, Update, Delete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425New API for Business User - Read. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .426

11.18 Browse Enterprise Search Models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42711.19 Assign Topic Filters (SSC UI). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42811.20 Configure Read Access Logging. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42811.21 Monitor Read Access Logging. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42911.22 Show Change Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42911.23 Legal Content Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430

Manage Contexts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430Manage Legal Transactions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431Manage Legal Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432

11.24 ILM Data Destruction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43311.25 View Replication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43311.26 Extensibility Cockpit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43411.27 Launch and Navigation Behavior for Classic UIs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435


11.28 Improved Authorization Checks for Value Helps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43611.29 Country Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43711.30 Consent Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43711.31 Information Retrieval. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43811.32 SAP CoPilot Supports Natural Language Interaction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439

12 Country Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44112.1 Brazil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441

Cross-Application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450

12.2 China. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454

12.3 Denmark. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .456New Bank Statement: CAMT.054. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456

12.4 France. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457

12.5 Hungary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458

12.6 India. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .460Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460

12.7 Indonesia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462

12.8 Italy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463Deletion of Personal Data in Finance for Italy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463Read Access Logging for Italy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .465

12.9 Japan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466

12.10 Luxembourg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469

12.11 Malaysia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470New Payment Format: MY_MT104. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470

12.12 Mexico. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471General Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475

12.13 Netherlands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480

12.14 Philippines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .481Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481

12.15 Spain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486General Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .486

12.16 Switzerland. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489


Content

12.17 South Africa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490

12.18 South Korea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .491Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491

12.19 United Arab Emirates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492

12.20 United Kingdom. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494


1 Finance

1.1 Name Changes for Finance Apps

With this release some apps for Finance have been renamed.

Technical Details

Product Feature is Changed

Country Dependency Valid for all countries

Used in Scope Item See below

Application Component FI-FIO-GL, FI-AA, FI-CO

Availability SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805

Additional Details

Accounting and Financial Close: General Ledger Accounting

The following changes have been made:

Old name New name Relevant business catalogs Relevant scope item

Further Valuations Perform Further Valuations SAP_FIN_BC_GL_PERIOD_ACT

2PD (Provisioning of Overdue Receivables)

Account Determination Automatic Account Determination

SAP_CA_BC_IC_LND J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)

Accounting and Financial Close: Asset Accounting

For details about the changes made to Asset Accounting apps, see Titles for Asset Accounting Tiles [page 45].


Finance

Financial Planning and Analysis: Master Data


Old Name New Name Business Catalog Relvant Scope Item(s)

Edit Master Data. Profit Centers - Collective

Edit Profit Centers - Collective SAP_FIN_BC_OH_MD_PCA_PC BEI (Period-End Closing - Plant), J54 (Overhead Cost Accounting)

Assign Sales Order Substitution. Profit Center

Edit Sales Order Substitution - Profit Centers

SAP_FIN_BC_OH_MD_PCA_PC BEI (Period-End Closing - Plant), J54 (Overhead Cost Accounting)

Financial Planning and Analysis: Planning


Old Name New Name Business Catalog Relevant Scope Item(s)

Perform Plan Overhead Allocation

Run Plan Overhead Allocation SAP_FIN_BC_OH_PLN_PC not applicable

Perform Plan Distribution Run Plan Distribution SAP_FIN_BC_OH_PLN_PC not applicable

Financial Planning and Analysis: Periodic Activities



Run Actual Settlement. Orders (Optimized)

Run Settlement - Orders - Actual

SAP_FIN_BC_OH_PE_OPA_PC BEV (Internal Order - Actual), BF7 (Period-End Closing - Maintenance Orders)

Run Actual Settlement. Projects - Collective (Optimized)

Run Settlement - Projects - Actual (Collective)

SAP_FIN_BC_OH_PE_PSE_PC 1A8 (Internal Project Management - Project-Based Services)

Run Actual Overhead Calculation. Projects

Run Overhead Calculation - Projects - Actual


Run Actual Settlement. Projects

Run Settlement - Projects - Actual


Display Activity Allocation. Direct Allocation

Display Activity Allocation SAP_FIN_BC_OH_PER_GPA_PC

J54 (Overhead Cost Accounting)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805Finance P U B L I C 15


Reverse Activity Allocation. Direct Allocation

Reverse Activity Allocation SAP_FIN_BC_OH_PER_GPA_PC


Post Statistical Key Figures Enter Statistical Key Figures SAP_FIN_BC_OH_PER_GPA_PC


For information on changed business catalogs please see Business Catalogs for Financial Planning and Analysis.

Cash and Liquidity ManagmentThe following changes have been made:

Old name New name Relevant business catalogs Relevant scope item

My Sent Requests - To Be Discontinued

My Sent Requests - Old Workflow Template

SAP_FIN_BC_CM_BAM_PC J77 (Advanced Bank Account Management)

Related Information

Business Catalogs for Financial Planning and Analysis [page 25]

1.2 Service Interfaces for SAP S/4HANA Cloud

1.2.1 Payment Advice – Send

The Payment Advice – Send service enables you to send payment advices with the data provided in a payload to the payment recipient. It is based on the SOAP protocol.

Technical Details

Product Feature is New



Finance

Used in Scope Item 2MB

Application Component FI-AP


Additional Details

This service is also available in the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com ).

1.2.2 Payment Advice Cancellation – Send

The Payment Advice Cancellation – Send service enables you to send a cancellation of an already sent payment advice with the data provided in a payload to the payment recipient. It is based on the SOAP protocol.

Technical Details




Application Component FI-AP


Additional Details


1.2.3 Payment Advice – Create

The Payment Advice – Create service enables you to create payment advices with the data provided in a payload. It is based on the SOAP protocol.


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Fapi.sap.com


Technical Details




Application Component FI-AR


Additional Details


1.2.4 Payment Advice – Cancel

The Payment Advice – Cancel service enables you to cancel payment advices that are already created in the system. It is based on the SOAP protocol.

Technical Details






Additional Details



Finance



1.2.5 Bank Statement - Post

The Bank Statement - Post service allows you to post bank statements with the data provided in a payload. It is based on the SOAP protocol and can be consumed in Fiori apps and on other user interfaces.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)



Additional Details


1.2.6 Replicate Profit Center Master Data

The Replicate Profit Center Master Data service enables you to replicate profit center master data from one system to another. The service is based on the Data Replication Framework and SOAP message.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item J55 (Profitability and Cost Analysis)

Application Component FI-FIO-GL




Additional Details


1.2.7 Manage Reported Financial Data in Bulk for Consolidation

The Manage Reported Financial Data in Bulk for Consolidation service allows you to import the reported financial data of multiple consolidation units from the client system to SAP S/4HANA Cloud. It is based on the SOAP protocol.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 2U6

(Consolidation Integration with SAP S/4HANA Cloud)

Application Component FIN-CS


Additional Details

This service is available in the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com ).

1.2.8 Send Confirmation for Reported Financial Data for Consolidation

The Send Confirmation for Reported Financial Data for Consolidation service allows you to receive the confirmation sent from SAP S/4HANA Cloud to your client system, about the status of the reported financial data imported through the API call Manage Reported Financial Data in Bulk for Consolidation. The confirmation includes information such as whether or not the import is successful or if any of the data contains errors. It is based on the SOAP protocol.


Finance



Technical Details




(Consolidation Integration with SAP S/4HANA Cloud)



Additional Details

This service is available in the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com ).

1.3 Financial Planning and Analysis

1.3.1 Revenue Variance

With this feature you can now compare plan or previous year data with actual gross sales revenue for specified fiscal periods within a fiscal year. In addition, new 'benchmark' tables and charts show actual / plan or actual / previous year data displayed by country, customer, distribution channel or product sold. It is important to note that this app considers only gross revenue from line items connected to the sale of products or goods. Consequently, revenue adjustments, sales deductions, and similar items are not included in the calculations. Additionally, only items with both billed revenue and a quantity < > 0 are included in the model. Items with billed revenue but no quantity connected are excluded.

Technical Details





Used in Scope Item BCG (SAP Fiori Analytical Apps for G/L Accounting in Finance)

Application Component CO-FIO


1.3.2 Sales Accounting Overview

With this app you can easily access key information and KPIs within the Sales Accounting area, and gain insight into current trends. The app provides a central source of information for the sales accountant, and offers a range of filters and built-in navigation to related apps.

Key Features:

● Incoming Sales OrdersShows sales order revenue for the specified period, with a selection of display options.

● Incoming Sales Orders - ChartChart showing either sales order revenue, or the number of orders, over a six-month period.

● Sales Revenue BenchmarkChart showing actual / plan / previous year data by industry, material group, and so on.

● Monthly Sales RevenueActual / plan, or actual / previous year sales revenue data.

● Sales Volume per MaterialShows top 10 material types by difference (actual / plan or actual / previous year).

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item BGC (SAP Fiori Analytical Apps for G/L Accounting in Finance)


Availability SAP S/4HANA 1805

Additional Details

This app uses the semantic tags Billed Revenue and Recognized Revenue.


Finance

1.3.3 Manage Cost Rates - Professional Services

With this app you maintain cost rates for services provided in a professional services environment. Different attributes are available on which the cost rates can be based, allowing you to configure the rates to meet your particular requirements. You can define cost rates not only for cost centers and activity types but also for employee grade levels or even individual employees. Thus the cost rates can be based on the service provided or on the employee providing the service. You can also define cost rates for specific work items, which allows you to have different rates for specific activities performed by an employee, such as project management, training, or demonstrations.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1A8 (Internal Project Management - Project-Based Services), J11 (Customer Project Management - Project-Based Services)

Application Component CO-OM-CCA-MD


Additional Details

You can define cost rates for the following fields:

● Receiving Company● Cost Center● Activity Type● Service Cost Level● Employee Name● Work Item ID● WBS Element

You can also define intercompany cost rates.

Effects on Existing Data

This app replaces the Maintain Activity Cost Rates app.

The Maintain Activity Cost Rates app is no longer available as of this release.


Effects on Data Transfer

The Manage Cost Rates - Professional Services app introduces a new cost rate table which contains all activity cost rates.

NoteThe new cost rate table makes no distinction between planned cost rates and actual cost rates. The same cost rates are used for planning purposes and for actual postings.

Cost rates that were created with the Maintain Activity Cost Rates app are migrated to the new cost rate table automatically as follows:

1. Actual cost rates (condition type CACT) are migrated to the new cost rate table if the table is empty when you open the Manage Cost Rates - Professional Services app for the first time.

2. Migration also starts automatically if the new cost rate table is empty the first time it is read (for example during a time confirmation).

3. Planned cost rates (condition type CPLN) are only migrated if no other cost rate has been defined for exactly the same field values (for example, Cost Center 101 and Activity Type A1).

The cost rates are migrated to category ACT01.

NoteCost rates where the receiving company is blank will be defined as intercompany cost rates (ICO Rate). These rates will no longer be used for activity allocations within company codes.

If you used cost rates with a blank receiving company for both ICO and intra-company activity allocations, you need to maintain new intra-company cost rates manually after migration.

1.3.4 Cost Allocation apps no longer visible in Periodic Activities

Enter Manual Cost Allocation, Display Manual Cost Allocations, and Reverse Manual Cost Allocations are no longer visible by default in the pre-delivered business group Periodic Activities.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 0J54


Finance



Additional Details

You can use the app finder in the Me Area to re-add them to your Fiori launchpad.

For Enter Manual Cost Allocation, Display Manual Cost Allocations, and Reverse Manual Cost Allocations you can use the Post General Journal Entries app instead.

1.3.5 Internal Order Factsheet and Search no Longer Available

Internal Order Factsheet and Search is no longer available.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item OBEV



Additional Details

Please use PS Search Models instead.

1.3.6 Business Catalogs for Financial Planning and Analysis

Changes to the business catalogs and groups delivered for SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805 Financial Planning and Analysis require you to recheck business catalogs and groups related to tiles on the Fiori Launchpad.


Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 0J54;0BEI;01IL;0BEI;0J54;0J54;02QL



Additional Details

The following table details out which tiles have changed groups and business catalogs:

Previous Group Previous Catalog Tile Current Group Current Catalog

Master Data SAP_FIN_BC_OH_MD_PED_PC

Delete Overhead Allocation Cycles - Cost Centers - Actual

Periodic Activities SAP_FIN_BC_OH_MD_PED_PC


Display Overhead Allocation Cycles - Cost Centers - Actual



Edit Overhead Allocation Cycles - Cost Centers - Actual



Create Overhead Allocation Cycles - Cost Centers - Actual


Periodic Activities SAP_FIN_BC_OH_PE_CCA_PC

Schedule Actual Overhead Allocation - Cost Centers


Periodic Activities SAP_FIN_BC_OH_PE_CCA_PC

Run Accrual Calculation - Cost Centers - Actual


Periodic Activities SAP_FIN_BC_OH_PER_GPA_PC

Manage Plan Overhead Allocation Cycles

Planning SAP_FIN_BC_OH_PLN_PC


Finance

Previous Group Previous Catalog Tile Current Group Current Catalog


Run Plan Overhead Allocation (formerly known as Perform Plan Overhead Allocation)



Manage Plan Distribution Cycles



Run Plan Distribution (formerly known as Perform Plan Distribution)


1.3.7 Controlling Document Factsheet No Longer Available

Controlling Document Factsheet is no longer available as of SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805.



Used in Scope Item



1.3.8 Production Cost Analysis - New Data Structure and Calculation Logic

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item BEI, BE7

Application Component CO-FIO, CO-PC-OBJ


Availability SAP S/4HANA 1805

Additional Details

From SAP S/4 HANA Cloud 1805, Production Cost Analysis is enhanced based on a new data structure and a new calculation logic.

The enhancements are as follows:

● Supports a 'make to order' scenario. Sales Order - the new filter criteria, helps you understand which manufacturing order produces products for a specific sales order.

● Introduces Category as a new filter criteria to distinguish target cost at plan cost and target cost at standard cost for manufacturing orders.

● - For CO Production Order (order category 04) and Product Cost Collector (order category 05), target cost is calculated the same as the classic solution, target cost version is still used in the backend.However, Category is used for Product Cost Collector and CO Production Order instead of target cost version, namely:Manufacturing Order Plan Cost (PLANORD01) =Target cost version 1Manufacturing Order Standard Cost (PLANORD02) = Target cost version 0There is no other additional target cost version supported in S/4 HANA Cloud 1805.

● Enhances target cost at work center/operation level in Work Center View.● Shows Order Standard Cost in reporting.


In order to calculate target costs on the fly, overhead costs (in both plan costs and order standard costs) are calculated at a finer granularity. Therefore, to see the new feature of on-the-fly target costs calculation, you need to recalculate plan costs for manufacturing orders created before CE1805.

Effects on Configuration

The following two categories were pre-delivered:

● PLANORD01: Manufacturing Order Plan Cost● PLANORD02: Manufacturing Order Standard Cost

In the cloud system, these two plan categories are enabled by default. In the On-Premise system, these two plan categories exist on client 000. You need to copy the configuration on client 000 to enable these two plan categories.


Finance

See Also

1.3.9 Object Currency in Report "Projects - Baseline/EAC/Ongoing"

All key figures of this report are now available also in object currency.

Technical Details



Application Component CO (Controlling)


1.4 Accounting and Financial Close

1.4.1 General Ledger Accounting

1.4.1.1 Configuration for General Ledger Accounting

With this release, the Configure Your Solution app has new configuration steps for making settings related to General Ledger Accounting.


Technical Details

Feature is New

Application Component FI-GL (General Ledger Accounting)


Additional Details

Configuration for ... New configuration step How to find it What you can do

Organizational Structure Assign Company Code to Company

Find this configuration step

under Organization

Organization

Organization .

Assign company codes to companies for consolidation.

Posting Edit Constant for Nonassigned Processes


under Finance General

Ledger Document

Splitting .

Define default account assignments for line items during processes when you can’t derive account assignments, for example, when a journal entry has been posted.

Define Document Types Find this configuration step


Settings Journal Entry .

Define document types for posting journal entries.

Define Document Types in a Ledger



Settings Journal Entry .

Assign number ranges to document types for non-leading ledgers.

Valuation Define Valuation Methods Find this configuration step


Ledger Ledgers and

Valuation .

Define valuation methods that determine how foreign currency valuation is performed in financial closing operations.

Define Valuation Areas Find this configuration step


Ledger Ledgers and

Valuation .

Define valuation areas for fi-nancial closing operations.


Finance


Assign Valuation Area to Accounting Principles



Ledger Ledgers and

Valuation .

Assign desired accounting principles to valuation areas.

Tax Define Foreign VAT Registration Numbers



Ledger Statutory

Reporting .

Enter the local VAT numbers that you received when you registered your business with other European Union countries.

Assign Country to Calculation procedure


under Finance Statutory

Reporting Tax .

Maintain keys of calculation procedures for each country.


Make your entries in the Configure Your Solution app, which is part of the Manage Your Solution app. In the Realize phase, make changes to predelivered configuration settings or create new settings if needed. It is possible to create new settings by copying existing settings and adapting them. Note that to ensure data consistency, the changes that you can make to predelivered configuration settings may be limited.

See Also

For more information about the Configure Your Solution app, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805Product Assistance Generic Information Implementation Tools Configure Your Solution .

1.4.1.2 Business Catalogs for General Ledger Accounting

Changes to the set of business catalogs delivered for General Ledger Accounting require you to recheck business catalogs assigned to your business roles. Ensure that the restriction types included in the business catalogs are set correctly to allow your users to use their business apps as needed.


Technical Details



Used in Scope Item See below.

Application Component FI-GL


Effects on System Administration

Use the Maintain Business Roles app to check the following catalogs and the restriction types:

NoteYou can also see which business catalogs have changed in the Business Catalogs app.

G/L Accounting Business Catalogs

Business Catalog Changes with This Release New or Changed Restriction Types

Relevant scope item(s)

General Ledger - Verify Journal Entries (SAP_FIN_BC_GL_PARKDCPST_PC)

The catalog name has been changed from Post Parked Journal Entries to General Ledger – Verify Journal Entries.

Not relevant. ● Accounting and Financial Close (J58)

● Accounting and Financial Close - Parallel Ledger (1GA)


Finance



Restriction types have been removed from this catalog.

● Company Code / Cost Center (BUKRS_KOSTL)

● Document Type / Generic file formats (DOKAR_FILEXT)

● Sales Document Type (AUART)

● Sales Document Type for Payment Cards (AUART_CCD)

● Company Code/ Profit Center / Cost Element ( BUKRS_PRCTR_KSTAR)

● Valuation Area (BWKEY)

● Controlling Area / Company Code / Ledger / Category (KOKRS_BUKRS_GLRLDNR_CATEGORY_P)

● Controlling Area (KOKRS)

● Controlling Area / Cost Center (KOKRS_KOSTL)

● Controlling Area / Cost Center / Cost Element ( KOKRS_KOSTL_KSTAR)

● Condition Type (KSCHL)

● Profit Center (PRCTR)

● Controlling Area / Responsible Cost Center ( PS_FKOKR_FKSTL)

● Project Type (PS_PRART)

● Number of the responsible person (project manager) (PS_VERNR)

● General authorization object for internal orders ( RESP_AUFART_AUTH_CO_ACTION_KST)

● Sales Area (SALES_AREA)




General Ledger - Submit Journal Entries for Verification (SAP_FIN_BC_GL_PARKDCPRE_PC)

Make settings for additional new restriction types.

● Controlling Area / Cost Center / Cost Element (KOKRS_KOSTL_KSTAR)

● Controlling Area / Valuation View (KOKRS_VALUTYP)

● Company Code / Ledger/ Record Type/ Version (BUKRS_GLRLDNR_GLRRCTY_GLRVERS )

● Accounting and Financial Close (J58)


A restriction type has been removed from this catalog.

Document Type / Generic file formats (DOKAR_FILEXT)

Finance - Account Reconciliation (SAP_FIN_ BC_ACC_RECON_PC)

New business catalog. For details read the business catalog description in the system.

To ensure that users with the General Ledger Accountant (SAP_BR_GL_ACCOUNTANT) business role have correct access to the data for GR/IR account reconciliation, you must ensure that the following restriction types have been correctly maintained.

Check all of the new restriction types listed in the system.

Monitoring of Goods and Invoice Receipts (2V7)

General Ledger Accounting - Planning (SAP_FIN_BC_GL_PLN_PC)


● CO-CCA: Authorization Object for Cost Center Hierarchies (COSTCENTER_HIERARCHY)

● EC-PCA: Authorization Object for Profit Center Hierarchies (PROFITCENTER_HIERARCHY)l

● Profit and Loss Plan Data Load from File (1HB)

● Project Financial Control (1NT)


Finance



General Ledger - Reporting (SAP_FIN_BC_GL_REPORTING_PC)


● Order Type | Order Category | Plant (AUFART_AUTYP_WERKS)

● General authorization object for internal orders (AUFART_KSTAR_RESPAREA_AUTH)

● Order Category (AUTYP)● Service Organization

(CPD_MP_OR)● Controlling Area (KOKRS)

● Authorization Groups for Customer Related Documents (BEGRU_BKPF_BED)

● Authorization Groups for Supplier Related Documents (BEGRU_BKPF_BEK)

● Authorization Groups for Posting in Adjustment Periods (BEGRU_BKPF_BUP)

● Authorization Groups for Product BEGRU_MAT

● Authorization Groups for Product Group BEGRU_MATKL



● Cash Journal (1GO)● Digital Payments Integra

tion (1S2)● Integration of External

Payments to Digital Payments (2LZ)



General Settings - Currencies (SAP_FIN_BC_CA_CURR_PC)



none

Financials - Accounting Document Display (SAP_FIN_BC_DSPL_ACDOC_PC)





● Accounts Receivable (J59)

● Accounts Payable (J60)




General Ledger - Closing (SAP_FIN_BC_GL_CLOSING_PC)

Three restriction types have been removed from this catalog.


● Sales Organization (VKORG)

● Billing Type (FKART)



General Ledger - Journal Entry Clearing (SAP_FIN_BC_GL_JE_CLRING_PC)







General Ledger - Journal Entry Processing (SAP_FIN_BC_GL_JE_PROC_PC)







General Ledger - Master Data Maintenance (SAP_FIN_BC_GL_MD_MAINT_PC)




● Basic Bank Account Management (BFA)

General Ledger - Tax Declaration (SAP_FIN_BC_GL_TX_DCL_PC)





See Also

For more information about the business catalogs and their restriction types, read the business catalog description, which can be displayed for each catalog in the Maintain Business Roles app.

For more information about the Maintain Business Roles and Business Catalogs apps, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Generic Information General Functions for the Key User Identity and Access Management .


Finance

1.4.1.3 Manage Global Accounting Hierarchies

This app has several new features that allow you to manage your hierarchies more easily than ever before.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)



New Features

● Functional area hierarchy: In addition to cost center and profit center hierarchies, this app now supports functional area hierarchies for reporting purposes.

● Import from spreadsheet: You can now download a template from within the app to generate and import your hierarchies.

● Multiple active versions: Manage Global Accounting Hierarchies now supports multiple active versions to simplify your reorganization planning and reporting and to simplify the way you respond to accounting rule changes.

● Simulate: Simulate and save your hierarchy in draft or active status.

1.4.1.4 CDS Views for General Ledger Accounting

The following CDS (Core Data Services) views for General Ledger Accounting have now been released:

CDS views for master data:

● I_AccountingDocumentCategoryYou can use this CDS view to obtain information about the accounting document category.

● I_BusinessAreaYou can use this CDS view to obtain information about the business area.

● I_CompanyCodeYou can use this CDS view to obtain information about company codes.

● I_ExchangeRateYou can use this CDS view to obtain information about the exchange rate and how currency conversion is performed.


● I_ExchangeRateTypeYou can use this CDS view to obtain information about the exchange rate type, including buying and selling rate averages and reference currency.

● I_FinancialAccountTypeYou can use this CDS view to obtain information about the financial account type.

● I_FinancialTransactionTypeYou can use this CDS view to obtain information about the financial transaction type, including the financial transaction type group and the carry forward transaction type.

● I_GLAccountHierarchyYou can use this CDS view to obtain information about the G/L account hierarchy, including increase or decrease in sales volume per business partner and sales revenue values from the past 12 months.

● I_GLAccountHierarchyNodeYou can use this CDS view to obtain information about the G/L account hierarchy node, including increase or decrease in sales volume per business partner and sales revenue values from the past 12 months.

● I_GLAccountInChartOfAccountsYou can use this CDS view to obtain information about the relationship between the chart of accounts and the G/L account.

● I_GLAccountInCompanyCodeYou can use this CDS view to obtain information about the relationship between company codes and the G/L account.

● I_PlanLineItemSemanticTagYou can use this CDS view to obtain information about plan KPI amounts for each plan entry item and plan net cash amount in company code currency.

● I_ReferenceDocumentTypeYou can use this CDS view to obtain information about the reference document type and the object key.

● I_SegmentYou can use this CDS view to obtain information about the segment.

● I_SemanticTagYou can use this CDS view to obtain information about semantic tags that are available as well as their descriptions.

● I_SpecialGLCodeYou can use this CDS view to obtain information about special G/L indicators.

CDS views for transaction data:

● I_AccountingDocumentJournalYou can use this CDS view to obtain information about the document journal.

● I_AccountLineItemSemanticTagYou can use this CDS view to obtain information about key figure amounts for a company code in a fiscal year. You can also obtain information about margin to revenue ratio and net cash amount in company code currency.

● I_CompactJournalYou can use this CDS view to obtain information about current account balances and the total amounts of G/L accounts in a period.

● I_ActualPlanJournalEntryItemCube (Journal Entry Item Cube - Plan/Actual)You can use the CDS view to provide access to all details of a journal entry and plan data.

● C_TrialBalance (Trial Balance for API)You can use the CDS view to form balances of various dimensions of the journal entry.


Finance

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item Accounting and Financial Close (J58)



See Also

For more information, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance <choose your language> Generic Information Analytics CDS Views CDS Views for Finance CDS Views for Accounting and Financial Close .

1.4.1.5 Reconcile GR/IR Accounts

With this app, you can reconcile your GR/IR (Goods Receipt/Invoice Receipt) accounts. The app supports you in reducing open items and thus prevent write-offs and enables you to spot issues early on. The app enables you to monitor the GR/IR reconciliation processing continuously. Issues are then solved regularly which prevents that you end up with a lot of issues to be solved in a very short time frame.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 2V7 (Monitoring of Goods and Invoice Receipts)




Additional Details

You can create a worklist of purchasing document items with differing amounts or quantities in goods receipts and invoice receipts, and thus open items on GR/IR accounts. You can request changes for those purchase order items with open items in Financial Accounting (FI), for example request the completion of delivery or the correction of the invoice. The sequence of steps taken solves the issues.

NoteTo use the app, you need a separate subscription license. For further information, please contact your SAP Account Executive.


The app is contained in the SAP_FIN_BC_ACC_RECON_PC (Finance - Account Reconciliation) business catalog. Users with the respective role that is assigned to this business catalog can use the app for GR/IR account reconciliation.

See Also

● To see, which application type an app has, go to the SAP Fiori apps reference library.

● For more information about the app, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance<choose your language> Finance Accounting and Financial Close General Ledger Accounting Closing Operations Reconcile GR/IR Accounts .

1.4.1.6 Monitor GR/IR Account Reconciliation

With this app, you can get an overview over GR/IR (Goods Receipts/Invoice Receipts) account reconciliation processing. For purchasing document items, such as purchase order items or delivery notes, and open FI items different Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) are displayed.

Technical Details




Finance

https://fioriappslibrary.hana.ondemand.com/sap/fix/externalViewer/

Used in Scope Item 2V7 (Monitoring of Goods and Invoice Receipts)



Additional Details

To analyze the business situation for purchase order items with amounts or quantities that do not match in goods and invoice receipts, the following KPIs are displayed:

● Number of purchase order items with○ Amount surplus in goods receipts○ Amount surplus in invoice receipts○ Amount match but difference in quantities○ Grouping by processor, status and other criteria

● Number of open FI items with○ Grouping by company code○ Grouping by posting date○ Grouping by supplier○ Grouping by dimension, such as controlling area or profit center

NoteTo use the app, you need a separate subscription license. For further information, please contact your SAP Account Executive.


The app is contained in the SAP_FIN_BC_ACC_RECON_PC (Finance - Account Reconciliation) business catalog. Users with the respective role that is assigned to this business catalog can use the app to monitor GR/IR account reconciliation.

See Also


● For more information about the app, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance<choose your language> Finance Accounting and Financial Close General Ledger Accounting Closing Operations Monitor GR/IR Account Reconciliation .



1.4.1.7 Period-Based Trial Balance

You can change the calculation for the trial balance. You have two options for displaying the trial balance. You can either display it period-based or day-based. As default the trial balance is calculated period-based, as with this option the trial balance is calculated faster. You can change the calculation by choosing the respective setting in the Me Area on the launchpad.

Technical Details






See Also


● For more information about the app, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance<choose your language> Finance Accounting and Financial Close Financial Accounting General Ledger Accounting Reporting and Analysis Account Balances and Line Items Balance-Dependent Account Display Trial Balance Change Calculation of Trial Balance .

1.4.1.8 General Ledger Overview

This app includes the following three new KPIs: G/L Item Changes, Days Sales Outstanding, Days Payable Outstanding.

Technical Details




Finance


Used in Scope Item BGC



1.4.1.9 Automatic Account Determination

You can use the app to configure G/L account assignments. New processes and transaction keys in the financial accounting area have been newly added.

Technical Details






Additional Details

See the following new processes and transaction keys with descriptions:

● Prepare Intercompany Transactions○ BUV (Clearing between Company Codes)

● Discount Long-term Receivables, Payables, and Provisions○ B03 (Flat-rate Individual Value Adjustment)

1.4.2 Asset Accounting


1.4.2.1 Business Catalogs for Asset Accounting

Restriction types were added to the business catalogs of Asset Accounting.

Technical Details

Product Feature Is Changed


Used in Scope Item J62;

1GB

Application Component Asset Accounting (FI-AA)


Additional Details

Business catalog Change Restriction type

Asset Accounting - general reporting (SAP_FIN_BC_AA_GEN_REP_PC)

The following restriction types were added:

WERKS

BSART

EKGRP

EKORG

BEGRU_MAT

BEGRU_MATKL

BEGRU_MTART

PS_PRART

PRCTR

PS_VERNR

AUART

SALES_AREA

HRYTYPE_HRYID


Finance

Business catalog Change Restriction type

Asset Accounting - Master Data (SAP_FIN_BC_AA_MDAT_PC)

The following restriction types were added:

KOKRS_KOSTL

GSBER

KOART

1.4.2.2 Titles for Asset Accounting Tiles

The titles and subtitles of some tiles from Asset Accounting have been adapted.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item J62; 1GB; BFH; 1GF; 1IH



Additional Details

Business catalog SAP_FIN_BC_AA_ACQUISITION_PC

Previous title - Subtitle

(English)

New title - Subtitle

(English)


(German)


(German)

Post Acquisition - With Automatic Offsetting Entry

Post Acquisition (Non-Integrated) - With Automatic Off-setting Entry

Zugang buchen - Mit automatischer Gegenbuchung

Zugang buchen (nicht integriert) - Mit automatischer Gegenbuchung

Credit Memo in Year Post Credit Memo - In Year of Invoice

Gutschrift Jahr Gutschrift buchen - Im Jahr der Rechnung


Business catalog SAP_FIN_BC_AA_CONSTR_PC


(English)


(English)


(German)


(German)

Define Distribution Rules - For Asset under Construction

Define Distribution Rules - For AuC

Verteilungsregeln definieren - Für Anlage im Bau

Verteilungsregeln definieren - Für AiB

Settle Asset under Construction

Execute Settlement - For AuC Anlage im Bau abrechnen Abrechnung ausführen - Für AiB

Reverse Settlement of AuC Reverse Settlement - For AuC Abrechnung von Anlage im Bau stornieren

Abrechnung stornieren - Für AiB

Transfer Open Items - For Legacy Asset

Transfer Open Items of AuC - For Legacy Asset

Offene Posten transferieren - Für Altanlage

Offene Posten von AiB übernehmen - Für Altanlage

Business catalog SAP_FIN_BC_AA_CURR_SET_PC


(English)


(English)


(German)


(German)

Make Company Code Settings Make Company Code Settings - Asset Accounting-Specific

Buchungskreiseinstellungen vornehmen

Buchungskreiseinstellungen vornehmen - Anlagenbuchhaltungsspezifisch

Business catalog SAP_FIN_BC_AA_DOC_PROC_PC


(English)


(English)


(German)


(German)

Post Acquisition - With Automatic Offsetting Entry

Post Acquisition (Non-Integrated) - With Automatic Off-setting Entry

Zugang buchen - Mit automatischer Gegenbuchung

Zugang buchen (nicht integriert) - Mit automatischer Gegenbuchung

Asset Sale with Invoice Post Retirement (Integrated AR) - With Customer

Anlagenabgang mit Rechnung Abgang buchen (integriert) - Mit Debitor

Post Asset Sale - Without Customer

Post Retirement (Non-integrated) - Without Customer

Abgang mit Erlös buchen - Ohne Debitor

Abgang buchen (nicht integriert) - Ohne Debitor

Post Asset Retirement - By Scrapping

Post Retirement - By Scrapping

Anlagenabgang buchen - Durch Verschrottung

Abgang buchen - Durch Verschrottung

Reverse Line Items Reverse Journal Entry Einzelposten stornieren Buchungsbeleg stornieren

Asset Unplanned Depreciation

Post Unplanned Depreciation Anlage - Außerplanmäßige Abschreibung

Außerplanmäßige Abschreibung buchen


Finance


(English)


(English)


(German)


(German)

Acquisition without Order (Integrated AP)

Post Acquisition (Integrated AP) - Without Purchase Order

Zugang ohne Auftrag (Kreditorenbuchhaltung integriert)

Zugang buchen (integriert) - Ohne Bestellung

Miscellaneous Transactions Post Miscellaneous Transactions

Sonstige Bewegungen Sonstige Bewegungen buchen

Business catalog SAP_FIN_BC_AA_GEN_REP_PC


(English)


(English)


(German)


(German)

Asset Accounting Overview [No change] Übersicht der Anlagenbuchhaltung

Übersicht zur Anlagenbuchhaltung

Business catalog SAP_FIN_BC_AA_MDAT_PC


(English)


(English)


(German)


(German)

Create Asset Master Record Create Asset Anlagenstammsatz anlegen Anlage anlegen

Changes to Asset Master Records

Change Documents - For Asset Master Record

Änderungen der Anlagenstammsätze

Änderungsbelege - Für Anlagenstammsatz

Block Assets Block Asset Anlagen sperren Anlage sperren

Business catalog SAP_FIN_BC_AA_REVAL_PC


(English)


(English)


(German)


(German)

Asset Revaluation Post Asset Revaluation Anlagenaufwertung Anlagenaufwertung buchen


None.



None.

1.4.2.3 Parallel Buffering for Number Range Intervals

You use the number range objects in the system to define asset numbers and determine sender reference documents from Asset Accounting. The number range objects were technically converted to parallel buffering. This enables assets to be created and posted to in multiple processes running in parallel with improved performance.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item J62; 1GB; BFH; 1GF; 1IH



Additional Details

The number range objects for defining asset numbers (object ANLAGENNR) and determining sender reference document numbers from Asset Accounting (object FIAA-BELNR) were converted to parallel buffering. This allows assets to be created and posted to in multiple processes in parallel with improved performance. In other words, the processes are no longer serialized, as was the case until now, due to locks.

Also the new buffering method for assets numbers ensures that the asset numbers are assigned seamlessly. If lots of processes create assets simultaneously, it is possible that, if internal terminations occur (ROLLBACK WORK), the numbering does not correspond with the chronological order of the number assignment.

It is possible that a different chronological order occurs with the buffering of the sender reference document numbers also. However this is not a problem from a legal point of view as it is not an FI document number, it is merely a technical reference number. As the sender reference document number is assigned year-dependent, in rare cases gaps can occur at the year threshold; these are reported internally by the system in the log.


Finance


None.


This conversion has a positive effect on performance when the legacy data transfer takes place.


Number range object FIAA-BELNR with its number range intervals 01, 02 and 03 is no longer used (with immediate effect). Depending on the business case, the following number range objects are used:

● FAA_AMDP: Sender document reference of depreciation posting run● FAA_AS91: Sender document reference of legacy data transfer● FAA_AMBU: Sender document reference of miscellaneous posting from Asset Accounting

The numbers assigned last are automatically transferred to the new objects.


None.

Additional Information

For more information on parallel buffering, see the SAP Help Portal under https://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw73ehp1/helpdata/en/33/59f4db6697405dbd316ca2c689023f/frameset.htm.

1.4.2.4 Asset Accounting Overview

The Asset Accounting Overview app has been updated with a number of new and changed cards and filters, including the new Asset Master Worklist, Asset Transaction Statistics, and Depreciation to Be Posted cards. Users of the Asset Accounting Overview app now have the authorization to navigate to the Purchase Order Items by Account Assignment app from the Open Purchase Orders cards. The Purchase Order Items by Account Assignment app will be display-only for users of the Asset Accounting Overview app, and it will not appear on their launchpad.


https://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw73ehp1/helpdata/de/33/59f4db6697405dbd316ca2c689023f/frameset.htm

https://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw73ehp1/helpdata/de/33/59f4db6697405dbd316ca2c689023f/frameset.htm

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 2QY (SAP Fiori Analytical Apps for Asset Accounting in Finance)

Application Component FI-AA-IS


1.4.3 Consolidation

1.4.3.1 Business Catalogs for Consolidation

Changes to the set of business catalogs delivered for Consolidation require you to recheck business catalogs assigned to your business roles. Ensure that the restriction types included in the business catalogs are set correctly to allow your users to use their business apps as needed.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1SG

(Financial Consolidation with SAP S/4HANA Cloud), 28B (Plan Consolidation for SAP S/4HANA Cloud)




Use the Maintain Business Roles app to check the following catalogs and the restriction types:


Finance

NoteYou can also see which business catalogs have changed in the Business Catalogs app.


Consolidation - Basic Configuration (SAP_FIN_BC_CCON_CNFGFXD_PC)

The catalog name has been changed from Consolidation - Maintain Product Fixed Configuration to Consolidation - Basic Configuration.

No change

Consolidation - Rules Configuration (SAP_FIN_BC_CCON_CNFGRLS_PC)

One restriction type has been removed. Authorization Group – obsolete (BRGRU)

Consolidation - Process (SAP_FIN_BC_CCON_PROCESS_PC)

Two restriction types have been removed.


● Authorization Group – obsolete (BRGRU)

Consolidation - Master Data Organizational Unit Management (SAP_FIN_BC_CCON_MDORG_PC)


Consolidation - Master Data Financial Statement Items Management (SAP_FIN_BC_CCON_MDFSITM_PC)


Consolidation - Period Preparation (SAP_FIN_BC_CCON_PERIDPRE_PC)

New business catalog. No restriction types

Consolidation - Data Preparation (SAP_FIN_BC_CCON_PRDTPRE_PC)

Two restriction types have been removed.


● Authorization Group – obsolete (BRGRU)

Consolidation - Data Preparation (SAP_FIN_BC_CCON_PRDTPRE_PC)

One new restriction type has been added.

Authorization Object for Consolidation Logs (CACTT_CONGR)

See Also




1.4.3.2 CDS Views for Consolidation

The following CDS (Core Data Services) views for Consolidation have now been released. You can use them to provide access to the details of group journal entries that are not consolidated or to group reporting data that has the consolidation logic or reporting rules applied.

● I_ConsolidationJournalEntryC (Group Journal Entries Cube)● I_ConsolidationGroupReportC (Group Report Data Cube)● I_ConsolidationGroupRptEnhcdC (Enhanced Group Report Data Cube)

Technical Details







See Also

For more information, see CDS Views for Transaction Data under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805Product Assistance Generic Information Analytics CDS Views CDS Views for Finance CDS Views for Accounting and Financial Close .

1.4.3.3 Import Group Journal Entries

With this app, you can post multiple manual journal entries into the system all at once, to adjust the reported financial data, standardizing entries, and consolidation entries to the requirements of the group. Depending on the posting type (unit-dependent adjustments, two-sided elimination, or group-dependent adjustments), you download a template file that contains the relevant fields to make the postings, enter the required information, and upload the completed file back to the app. The data is verified and updated in the database.


Finance

Technical Details







See Also

For more information, see Import Group Journal Entries under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Finance Accounting and Financial Close Consolidation Consolidation Process

1.4.3.4 Task Logs

In addition to Reclassification and Currency Translation, two more task categories are now supported in the app Task Logs: Manual Posting and Data Collection. With this app, you can check the details of these tasks during their test runs and update runs. A list of tasks is displayed, from which you can navigate to the following details depending on the task category you choose.

Technical Details








Additional Details

For manual postings that are made using the Import Group Journal Entries app, the overall status, any possible error messages, and journal entry line item details are displayed in the log.

The data collection logs record the details of the following:

● Flexible upload of the reported financial data by using the Data Collection task in the Data Monitor app.● The API call (Manage Reported Financial Data in Bulk for Consolidation) that imports the

reported financial data of multiple consolidation units from the client system to SAP S/4HANA Cloud.

See Also

For more information, see Display Group Journal Entries under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Finance Accounting and Financial Close Consolidation Consolidation Process

1.4.3.5 Configuration for Master Data Fields

The consolidation master data fields are defined by using the Define Consolidation Master Data Fields self-service configuration step, where you can select from a list of available fields which ones you want to enable inputs, use as master data fields, or enable their hierarchy attribute. As of this release, you can specify for each field if you want to clear its data during balance carry forward by using the checkbox Clear Field in BCF.

Technical Details








Make your entries in the Manage Your Solution app under Configure Your Solution. In the Realize phase, make changes to the predelivered configuration settings or create new settings if needed. It is possible to create new


Finance

settings by copying existing settings and adapting them. Note that to ensure data consistency, the changes that you can make to predelivered configuration settings may be limited.

See Also

For more information, see Master Data under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product AssistanceFinance Accounting and Financial Close Consolidation Master Data and Configuration Current Settings

1.4.4 Run Advanced Compliance Reports

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1J2 (Advance Compliance Reporting

Application Component FI-LOC-SRF-RUN


Additional Details

Following features were included in the Run Advanced Compliance Reports app in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805 release:

● Adhoc Reporting:Adhoc reports are non-periodic reports that may be requested by the government authorities on a non-regular basis. Some adhoc reports may have a pre-defined, fixed, or recommended format, while others may have to be generated on-demand, based on the auditing requirements.For example, Philippines CAS (Computerized Accounting Systems) and Federal Tax Authority (FTA) VAT Audit File, also known as FAF file, are adhoc audit reports that are submitted based upon the request by the authorities.The reporting tasks or entry points are not generated automatically for adhoc reports in the Run Advanced Compliance Reports app. For adhoc reports, you can create your own reporting tasks in the Run Advanced Compliance Reports.


See Also

For more information about this app, see the product assistance of SAP S/4HANA 1805 Cloud at http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 under Finance Accounting and Financial Close Advanced Compliance Reporting .

1.4.5 Define Advanced Compliance Reports

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1J2 (Advance Compliance Reporting)

Application Component FIN-LOC-SRF-DEF


Additional Details

Following features were included in the Define Advanced Compliance Reports app in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805 release:

● Assign Authorization Objects to Organizational Units: You can assign authorization object and authorization fields to the organizational units assigned to the reporting category. You will not see the reporting entity in the search help of Run Advanced Compliance Reports app, if you are not authorized for any for the organizational units assigned to the reporting entity.For example, company code 001 and 002 are assigned to reporting entity REP_ENT. If the user is not authorized for company code 001 or 002, the reporting entity REP_ENT will not be available for selection in the Run Advanced Compliance Reports app.

● Upload and Download of Reporting Activities: When you want to use your reporting activities across multiple systems, you can use the upload and download feature of the Define Advanced Compliance Reports app. You can also use the download feature to create a backup of your reporting activity.

● Optional Documents:You can configure the document as an optional or a mandatory document in the Define Advanced Compliance Reports app. In the Run Advanced Compliance Reports app, you can deselect the documents that should not be generated, from the list of optional documents defined in the report definition. By default, all the optional documents are generated during the report run.


Finance

For example, consider a reporting scenario where, two PDF forms get generated by default - in English and in Arabic. However, you can choose to generate only the required PDF form by deselecting the other in the Run Advanced Compliance Reports app. Note that you can deselect a form only if it has been specified as optional in the Define Advanced Compliance Reports app.

● Create Schema Based on Query:You can use this option to create a schema directly from a query.A schema represents the structure of the output document. The legal authorities provide the format information for the various output formats or, they publish the details on their website. In most cases, the legal authorities provide an XSD file for XML and XBRL document formats. You can upload the XSD file while creating the schema definition. However, an XSD file is not provided for some adhoc reporting requirements. For such cases, you can create schema based on your queries.Note: You cannot create a document definition using query, for documents of type XBRL. Also, queries created using BRFplus data source are not supported while creating a schema based on query.

● Create Schema Based on CDS View: A schema represents the structure of the output document. The legal authorities provide the format information for the various output formats or, they publish the details on their website. In most cases, the legal authorities provide an XSD file for XML and XBRL document formats. You can upload the XSD file while creating the schema definition. However, an XSD file is not provided for TXT, ALV, and PDF document formats. In this case, you can create CDS views, and use it for schema generation.

● Dependency Check for Queries, Parameters, Document and Correspondence Definitions:The system warns you, if you delete a query, parameter, document or correspondence definition that is already used by an existing report definition.For example, consider that a parameter P1 is used in report definitions REP_DEF1 and REP_DEF2. If you edit REP_DEF1, and delete the parameter P1, a warning message is displayed in the log that informs the user that the parameter P1 is in use by other report definitions.

See Also

For more information about this app, see the product assistance of SAP S/4HANA 1805 Cloud at http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 under Finance Accounting and Financial Close Advanced Compliance Reporting .

1.4.6 Generic VAT Report

A new report definition has been provided to enable you to configure generic VAT reports for your country or company-specific requirements.

After you configure your report, you can run it using the Run Compliance Reports app.

Technical Details





Application Component FI-LOC-FI (Localization Financials)


Additional Details

The report calculates and displays summary data for your VAT liabilities. You can view the input and output VAT calculated at a tax code, tax rate, document and company code level.


To run the report, you first need to assign the report definition ADV_VAT_RET to a report category using the Define Compliance Reports app.

After this, you need to set the report-specific parameters in the Setting Up Your Compliance Reporting configuration step.

See Also

For more information about the generic VAT report, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 > Product Assistance.

1.5 Treasury Management

1.5.1 Cash and Liquidity Management


Finance

1.5.1.1 Cash Flow Comparison - Actual/Forecast

With this app, you can compare the actual cash flows with the forecasted cash flows on a specified value date. In addition, if you switch on the snapshot functionality, you can also compare different versions of the forecasted cash flows at different snapshot time with the actual cash flows. The cash flow data can be presented on a daily, weekly or monthly basis.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item J78(Advanced Cash Operations)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM



By default, the snapshot functionality is not enabled. You need to manually enable it in the self-service configuration app Define Basic Settings.

See Also

For more information, see the product documentation at http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Finance Treasury Management Cash and Liquidity Management Cash Flow Comparison .

1.5.1.2 Manage Cash Pools

With this app, you can manage cash pools centrally that aggregate the amounts of all the assigned bank accounts. The cash pools can later be used in pooling cash between the assigned header accounts and subaccounts. This cash pooling feature can help your company to improve its liquidity management.


Technical Details







For the calculation of bank account balance, you define profiles and then assign planning levels that represent the source and use of cash flows to these profiles in the self-service configuration app Assign Planning Levels to Profiles.

See Also

For more information, see the product documentation at http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Finance Treasury Management Cash and Liquidity Management Manage Cash Pools .

1.5.1.3 Manage Cash Concentration

With this app, you can initiate an immediate cash concentration with an automatic simulation process of cash movement from the assigned subaccounts to the header accounts. This feature allows your company to manage cash balances centrally, and thus improve the efficiency of cash management.

Technical Details





Finance



Additional Details

Schedule run of periodical cash concentration activities is also available. To do so, you use the Cash Concentration template of the Schedule Cash Management Jobs app.

See Also

For more information, see the product documentation at http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Finance Treasury Management Cash and Liquidity Management Manage Cash Concentrationand Schedule Cash Management.

1.5.1.4 Cash Pool Transfer Report

With this app, you can get a daily report of cash transfers in a cash pool. You can then track the concentration amounts between header accounts and subaccounts in a specified period of time.

Technical Details








For the calculation of bank account balance, you define profiles and then assign planning levels that represent the source and use of cash flows to these profiles in the self-service configuration app Assign Planning Levels to Profiles.

See Also

For more information, see the product documentation at http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Finance Treasury Management Cash and Liquidity Management Cash Pool Transfer Report .

1.5.1.5 Maintain Cash Pools in Bank Account Master Data

With this feature, you can maintain bank account and other related information for the cash pools in the bank account master data after the cash pools are defined in the Manage Cash Pools app.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item J77 (Advanced Bank Account Management)



See Also

Manage Cash Pools [page 59]

For more information on how to maintain cash pool information in the bank account master data, see the documentation at http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 under Product Assistance Finance Treasury Management Cash and Liquidity Management Bank Relationship Management User Tasks Defining Bank Accounts Maintaining Cash Pool Information .


Finance

1.5.1.6 Bank Correspondence

With this feature, Email or PDF correspondence letters can be automatically generated when bank accounts are set to closed and when payment signatories are updated in the system.

Technical Details







Before using the bank correspondence feature, the administrator must make sure the settings for Output Parameter Determination are properly defined. You can also customize the templates as well as the output parameters according to your company's business needs.

For more information, see the documentation at http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 under Product Assistance Finance Treasury Management Cash and Liquidity Management Bank Relationship Management User Tasks Defining Settings for Bank Correspondence .

1.5.1.7 Monitor Bank Fees

Starting from this release, the bank fee statements table is consolidated with the services table. This way, you no longer need to drill down to check the individual service items.

Technical Details







See Also

For more information on this app, see the documentation at http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 under Product Assistance Finance Treasury Management Cash and Liquidity Management Bank Relationship Management User Tasks Importing and Monitoring Bank Fees .

1.5.1.8 Data Management in Cash and Liquidity Management

This feature enables you manage the personal data in a simplified way in Cash and Liquidity Management.

● With the end of purpose (EoP) check FIN_FSCM_CLM_BAM, you can determine whether business partner data is still relevant for business activities in Bank Account Management.

● With the end of purpose (EoP) check FQM, you can determine whether business partner data is still relevant for One Exposure from Operations.

● With the destruction object BAM_AMD, you can destroy the bank account contact person data, namely the general contacts and the bank relationship managers that are maintained in the bank account master data.

● With the destruction object FQM_FLOW, you can destroy personal-related data that are stored in One Exposure from Operations.

Technical Details




J78 (Advanced Cash Operations)

BFA (Basic Bank Account Management)

BFB (Basic Cash Operations)




Finance

See Also

For more information on data management in Cash and Liquidity Management, see the documentation at http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 under Product Assistance Finance Treasury Management Cash and Liquidity Management Data Management in Cash and Liquidity Management .

1.5.2 Treasury and Risk Management

1.5.2.1 TRM, Enhancements to Hedge Management and Accounting of Net Open Exposures (FX Risk)

With this feature, the Hedge Management and Accounting of Net Open Exposures (FX Risk) process was enhanced. You can now initialize existing hedging relationships already posted in FI according to IAS39 by transferring them to the new standard - IFRS9. Collar FX Options and FX Swaps are now supported as hedging instruments. In an overhedge situation, you can create hedge requests using the Hedge Management Cockpit app.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1XD (Hedge Accounting for FX Forward supporting IFRS 9), 2RW (Hedge Accounting for FX Option supporting IFRS 9), 2UF (Hedge Accounting for FX Swap supporting IFRS 9)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-TRM



Additional Details

The following detailed enhancements have been made to the Hedge Management and Accounting of Net Open Exposures process:

Initialize Hedge Management and Accounting of Net Open Exposures (FX Risk)

With this feature, you can initialize existing hedging relationships. These hedging relationships that have already been posted in FI according to IAS39 are transferred to the new standard, IFRS9, with the initialization process.

The following apps are available to support you during this process:

● Change Day Ref. Date of Snapshot● Initialize Hedging Classification● Initialize Hedging Relationships

Hedge Requests

When you face an overhedge situation you may decide to swap amounts from one period to another or to dedesignate hedging instruments completely or partially. The Hedge Management Cockpit app, offers you the possibility to create a hedge request.

Two different kinds of hedge requests are available:

● Swap request● Dedesignation request

You use the Process Hedge Request app to search and manage all existing hedge requests by their category. You can also generate a worklist. If you want to withdraw a hedge request you also use this app.

Released swap requests are relevant for the trader who searches for the released swap request and creates FX swaps according to the hedge request.

Released dedesignation requests trigger the dedesignation process by creating dedesignation business transactions in Planned status.

FX Swap

In case an overhedge situation occurred, hedging relationships can now be swapped to an earlier or later exposure item period by trading FX swap transactions. The FX swap then acts as the hedging instrument.

The designation of a FX swap into a hedging relationship is initiated with a swap request using the Hedge Request function in the Hedge Management Cockpit app.

Enhancements to the Automated Designation Process Step

Carrying out the Post Derived Business Transactions app to fix the derived business transaction of the Open OTC Transaction is now an optional step.

Filters in Layouts for Hedge Management Cockpit

You can define filters in your layouts to reduce the amount of data shown in the Hedge Management Cockpit app for a hedging area. The filters are also available on the results screen of the Hedge Management Cockpit, where you have the possibility to change the filter values and the results list will be adapted accordingly.


Finance


● The selection screen of the Release Hedging Business Transactions app was enhanced with the Enter Posting Date checkbox.When this checkbox is selected, you can specify a posting date for each hedging business transaction individually on a second screen.

NoteWhen the checkbox Enter Posting Date is selected, the app cannot be carried out in multitasking mode.

● Parallel processing was enabled for the Reverse Release of Hedging Business Transactions app.Parallel processing improves your system performance when the status of high volumes of hedging business transactions has to be reversed.

● The selection screen of the Process Business Transactions app has been enhanced with the Exposure Items product group. You can now use the app to reverse and post the reversal of derived business transactions of the Exposure Subitem Close Transaction.

See Also

For more information about the Hedge Management and Accounting of Net Open Exposures (FX Risk) process, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Finance Treasury Management Treasury and Risk Management Foreign Exchange Risk Management Hedge Management .

1.5.2.2 TRM, Interest Rate Overview

With this app, you can display an overview of interest rate related financial risks including current interest rate, historic interest rate, and yield curves, at a selected key date. You can also get an overview of debt and investment related financial risks, including maturity profile, total debts and investments by key date, as well as debt and investment by interest category and reference interest rate.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1WV (Debt and Investment Management)

1X7 (Debt and Investment Management - Parallel Ledger)


http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805



See Also

For more information, see the product documentation at http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Finance Treasury Management Treasury and Risk Management Debt and Investment Management Treasury Reporting Interest Rate Overview .

1.5.2.3 TRM, Define Determination Rules - Account Assignment References

With this app, you can define rules for the automatic determination of account assignment references for parallel valuation areas. You define the rules for each product group and subledger position to be able to make postings to a position.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1WV (Debt and Investment Management), 1X1 (Foreign Currency Risk Management), 1X3 (Interest Rate Derivatives Management




Before you can use this app to define determination rules, you must define account assignment references using the Define Account Assignment References configuration app.


Finance


See Also

For more information about the Define Determination Rules - Account Assignment References, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Finance Treasury Management Treasury and Risk Management .

1.5.2.4 TRM, Netting of Financial Transactions

The Netting apps allow you to group together transactions to pay them collectively. It is used to simplify payment processing.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1WV (Debt and Investment Management), 1X1 (Foreign Currency Risk Management)



Additional Details

Assigning individual transactions to a netting transaction enables the payment program to process the payment requests collectively. To do this, all the payment flows or requests involved in the same netting transaction are assigned the same unique key. This key is written in the Grouping field and replaces the existing field contents. This ensures that the payment requests belonging to one netting transaction are not grouped with other payment requests. The Payment Program for Payment Requests only groups requests that have the same company code and business partner and the same Grouping field entry.


The following new apps are available on the SAP Fiori launchpad for the Treasury Specialist - Back Office in the Financial Transactions group:

● Display Netting Proposals




● Create Netting● Change Netting● Display Netting● Undo Netting

See Also

For more information about the Netting, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product AssistanceFinance Treasury Management Treasury and Risk Management .

1.5.2.5 TRM, Business Catalogs for Treasury and Risk Management

Changes to the business catalogs and groups delivered for SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805 Treasury and Risk Management require you to recheck business catalogs and groups related to tiles on the SAP Fiori launchpad. Ensure that the restriction types included in the business catalogs are set correctly to allow your users to use their business apps as needed.

Technical Details






Finance


Additional Details

The following business catalogs are new or changed:

Business Catalogs

Business Catalog Changes with this Release Restriction Types

TRM - Hedge Management - Initialize Hedging Relationship (SAP_FIN_BC_HM_INIT_HDGR_PC)

New Company Code (BUKRS)

Product Type (GSART)

Transaction Type (SFHAART)

TRM - Hedge Management - Hedge Management Cockpit - Display (SAP_FIN_BC_HM_HMC_DIS_PC)


TRM - Hedge Management - Hedge Request - Treasury Accountant (SAP_FIN_BC_HM_HR_ACCT_PC)


Valuation Area (VAL_AREA)

TRM - Hedge Management - Hedge Request - Front Office (SAP_FIN_BC_HM_HR_FOE_PC)



TRM - Hedge Management - Snapshot - Display (SAP_FIN_BC_HM_SNAP_DIS_PC)

New

TRM - Hedge Management - Take Snapshot - Front Office (SAP_FIN_BC_HM_TAKESNAP_PC)

New

TRM - Market Data - Interest Rate Overview (SAP_FIN_BC_MKTD_IR_OVP_PC)



Portfolio (RPORTB)


TRM - Trade Finance - Collective Processing - Front Office (SAP_FIN_BC_TRM_FTTFCP_1_PC)

New authorization objects have been created must make settings for additional new restriction types.

Accounting Code (ACC_CODE)

Company Code (BUKRS)


Portfolio (RPORTB)





TRM - Trade Finance - Collective Processing - Back Office (SAP_FIN_BC_TRM_FTTFCP_2_PC)





Portfolio (RPORTB)



TRM - Financial Transactions - Back Office (SAP_FIN_BC_TRM_FT_B_PC)





Portfolio (RPORTB)



TRM - Debt and Investment Maturity Profile (SAP_FIN_BC_TRM_MAT_PRO_PC)





Portfolio (RPORTB)



TRM - Position Indicators (SAP_FIN_BC_TRM_POS_IND_PC)





Portfolio (RPORTB)


Treasury Valuation Area (VAL_AREA)


Finance


TRM - Position Management (SAP_FIN_BC_TRM_POS_MGT_PC )





Business Area (GSBER)

Controlling Area (KOKRS)

Portfolio (RPORTB)


Treasury Valuation Area (VAL_AREA)

TRM - Market Data - FX Overview (SAP_FIN_BC_MKTD_FXR_OVP_PC)




Business Area (GSBER)

Account Type (KOART)

Controlling Area (KOKRS)

Profit Center (PRCTR)

Portfolio (RPORTB)


See Also



1.5.2.6 TRM, New Configuration Steps

Several self-service configuration steps for making settings related to Treasury and Risk Management have been added to the Manage Your Solution app. Make your entries in the Configure Your Solution app, which is part of the Manage Your Solution app. In the Realize phase, make changes to predelivered configuration settings or create new settings if needed. It is possible to create new settings by copying existing settings and adapting them.




Technical Details





Additional Details

The following new configuration steps are availabe in the Configure Your Solution app, which is part of the Manage Your Solution app under the Finance application area and Treasury and Risk Management subapplication area:

Configuration App Configuration Step

Financial Transactions Define Flow Types

Financial Transactions Assign Flow Types to Transaction Types

Financial Transactions Assign Cash Flow Indicator to Flow Types

Settings for Update Types Define Update Types and Assign Usage

Settings for Update Types Assign Flow Types to Update Types

Settings for Update Types Set Effects of Update Types on Position Components

Settings for Update Types Indicate Update Types as Relevant for Posting

Settings for Update Types Specify Update Types for Cash Management

Settings for Update Types Define Payment Relevance of Update Types

Settings for Update Types Assign Posting Specification to Update Types

Treasury Accounting Define Account Symbols

Treasury Accounting Define Posting Specifications

Position Management Assign Position Management Procedure

1.5.2.7 TRM, New Apps

This feature enables you to use the following new apps: Create Collar FX Option, Create Netting, Change Netting, Display Netting, Undo Netting, Display Netting Proposals, Create Reference, Change Reference, Display Reference,


Finance

Undo Reference, Define Fixing References, Define Determination Rules - Account Assignment References, Interest Rate Overview, Change Day Ref. Date of Snapshot, Initialize Hedging Classification, and Initialize Hedging Relationships.

Technical Details





See Also

For more information about the available apps, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product AssistanceFinance Treasury Management Treasury and Risk Management .

1.5.2.8 TRM, Integration with External Trading Platforms

With this feature, you can connect the new treasury management integration for trading platforms application to your Treasury and Risk Management system. Based on the SAP Cloud Platform, the treasury management integration for trading platforms application allows you to upload FX transactions from the external trading platform 360T to your Treasury and Risk Management system.

Technical Details







See Also

For more information about this integration capability, see the product documentation at https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/TREASURY_MANAGEMENT_INTEGRATION_FOR_TRADING_PLATFORMS.

1.6 Financial Operations

1.6.1 Receivables Management

1.6.1.1 Deprecated Apps

Adobe XML Forms Architecture (XFA) 2 is required to enable form extensibility for output management. As a result, as of this release, a few apps under Receivables Management are no longer supported and no longer appear on the SAP Fiori Launchpad.

The following apps have been removed:

● Display Interest Run (FINTSHOW)● Create Item Interest Calculation (For Customers) (FINT)● Create Balance Interest Calculation (For Customers) (F.26)● Create Standard Letters (For Customers) (F.65)

Technical Details

Product Feature is Deleted






Finance

https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/TREASURY_MANAGEMENT_INTEGRATION_FOR_TRADING_PLATFORMS

https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/TREASURY_MANAGEMENT_INTEGRATION_FOR_TRADING_PLATFORMS


With SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805, these apps are removed from their corresponding business catalogs as shown below:

App Business Catalog

Display Interest Run (FINTSHOW) Accounts Receivable - Document Processing (SAP_FIN_BC_AR_DOC_PROC_PC)

Create Item Interest Calculation (For Customers) (FINT)

Create Balance Interest Calculation (For Customers) (F.26)

Create Standard Letters (For Customers) (F.65) Accounts Payable and Receivable - Correspondence (SAP_FIN_BC_APAR_CORR_PC)

1.6.1.2 Configuration for Credit Management

With this release, the Manage Your Solution app has new configuration steps for making settings related to SAP Credit Management.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item BD6 (Basic Credit Management)

1QM (Advanced Credit Management)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-CR

SD-BF-CM



Additional Details

The following new configuration steps are available for SAP Credit Management:

Configuration step Settings you can make

Create Credit Segments (Optional) Define credit segments for assigning the credit limit and carrying out detailed checks at business partner level.

Create Risk Classes (Optional) You can define risk classes and assign to them the score intervals. As a result, the risk class is automatically derived from the score value according to the defined interval.

Set Credit Limit Checks for Sales Document Types(Optional) For each sales document type, define whether a credit limit check should be carried out.

Set Credit Limit Checks for Delivery Types(Optional) For each delivery type, define whether a credit limit check should be carried out.

You can find these configuration steps under Finance Credit Evaluation and Management General Settings .



See Also


1.6.1.3 Configuration for Dispute Management

With this release, the Manage Your Solution app has a new configuration step for making settings related to SAP Dispute Management. This configuration step replaces an already existing step.


Finance

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item BFC (Collections and Dispute Management)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-DM


Additional Details

The following new configuration step for SAP Dispute Management is available:

Configuration step: Replaces: Settings you can make:

Create Values for Attribute "Reason" (Optional)

Dispute Case Reasons You can create reasons for dispute cases.

You can find this configuration step under Finance Dispute Management .



See Also


1.6.1.4 Configuration for Collections Management

With this release, the Manage Your Solution app has new configuration steps for making settings related to SAP Collections Management.


Technical Details



Used in Scope Item BFC (Collections and Dispute Management)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-COL


Additional Details

The following new configuration steps for SAP Collections Management are available:


Define Collection Groups (Mandatory) You can define the groups of collection specialists and decide, which customers they should contact based on which collection strategy. You can also maintain a temporary substitute for a collection specialist.

Assign Collection Groups to Collection Segments (Mandatory) You can define which collection groups should contact business partners in the respective collection segments.

You can find these configuration steps under Finance Collections Management Organizational Structure .


With the addition of these configuration steps, you can now define several collection groups for one segment. This means that if you create a new business partner, the responsible collection specialist is no longer automatically assigned to the business partner. Instead, the Accounts Receivables Manager must assign the responsible collection specialist when maintaining the business partner.

To do this, access the business partner in the Manage Business Partner app. On the Collection Profile tab, you can change the collection group and enter the responsible collection specialist.


Make your entries in the Configure Your Solution app, which is part of the Manage Your Solution app. In the Realize phase, make changes to predelivered configuration settings or create new settings if needed. It is possible to


Finance

create new settings by copying existing settings and adapting them. Note that to ensure data consistency, the changes that you can make to predelivered configuration settings may be limited.

See Also


1.6.1.5 Configuration for Dunning

With this release, the Manage Your Solution app has new configuration steps for making settings related to Dunning. These configuration steps replace already existing steps.

Technical Details






Additional Details

The following new configuration steps for dunning are available:

Configuration step: Replaces: Settings you can make:

Define Dunning Block Reasons (Optional) Dunning Block Reasons You can define and maintain the reasons for a dunning block.

Define Interest Rates (Optional) Define Interest Rates For each interest indicator, you can make settings for the interest rate, currency, and validity date.

You can find these configuration steps under Finance Accounts Receivable Dunning .




See Also


1.6.1.6 Import from Spreadsheet

With this release, the Manage Bank Statements app has a new feature that allows you to import bank statement items from a spreadsheet.

Technical Details






1.6.1.7 Manage Customer Down Payment Requests

You can extend the Manage Customer Down Payment Requests app according to your business needs by using the business context Coding Block (FINS_CODING_BLOCK).


Finance

Technical Details




Application Component FI-FIO-AR


See Also

For more information, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 under Product Assistance Finance Financial Operations Receivables Management Accounts Receivables Accounting Clearing of Open Items Manage Customer Down Payment Requests App Extensibility: Manage Customer Down Payment Requests .

1.6.1.8 Open on Key Date

The Future Receivables, Overdue Receivables, and Total Receivables apps now support an Open on Key Date feature. This feature allows you to analyze your receivables for any given key date. To define key dates in addition to the key dates delivered standard by SAP, you must be assigned a role that has the same minimum authorization and business catalogs as the Analytics Specialist (SAP_BR_ANALYTICS_SPECIALIST) business template role. Users with these authorizations can then define key dates that allow you to generate reports according to your reporting and analytics needs.

Technical Details




Application Component FI-FIO-AR




See Also

For more information about Future Receivables, please see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Finance Financial Operations Receivables Management Accounts Receivable AccountingMonitoring of Receivables Future Receivables .

For more information about Overdue Receivables, please see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Finance Financial Operations Receivables Management Accounts Receivable AccountingMonitoring of Receivables Overdue Receivables .

For more information about Total Receivables, please see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Finance Financial Operations Receivables Management Accounts Receivable AccountingMonitoring of Receivables Total Receivables .

1.6.1.9 Import and Post Cashed Checks

The Import and Post Cashed Checks app is, as of this release, no longer supported. This app will be deleted with SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1811.

Technical Details

Feature is Changed; to be deleted


Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM-CM-CM



This app is no longer displayed by default on the SAP Fiori Launchpad in the Daily Business business group. If still needed, it can be manually added using the App Finder.


With SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1811, this app will be removed from the Bank Accounting - Cashed Checks SAP_FIN_BC_BA_CSHDCHCKS_PC business catalog.


Finance

See Also

Instead of using this app, you can use the Manage Incoming Payment Files app to import files with cashed check information. For more information, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 under Product AssistanceFinance Financial Operations Receivables Management Clearing of Open Items Manage Incoming Payment Files .

1.6.1.10 Skill: Manage Bank Statements

This skill allows you to query and update bank statement items using SAP CoPilot. You can simply say or type your query to see an overview of your bank statements fitting that query. Or you can update your bank statement items using SAP CoPilot.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item

Application Component J59 (Accounts Receivable)


1.6.1.11 Cash Collection Tracker - Collections Management

With this feature you can track your collection progress against due receivables for a selected period. You select a period or date and the app displays the sums of all open invoices due in previous periods, invoices posted in previous periods that are due in the selected period, and new invoices that are both posted and due in the selected period. The sum of these due receivables forms the total target.

Technical Details





Used in Scope Item BFC

Application Component FIN-FIO-CCD


1.6.1.12 Manage Collection Strategies

The changed features in this app allow you to access Manage Collection Groups to update the assignment of collection strategies to collection groups, simulate a collection strategy for a business partner, and modify the prerequisites and conditions for the base SAP collection rules.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item BFC

Application Component FIN-FIO-CCD


1.6.2 Invoice Management

1.6.2.1 Configuration for Invoice Management

With this release, the Configure Your Solution app has new configuration steps for making settings related to Invoice Management.


Finance

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item J60 (Accounts Payable)

Application Component FI-FIO-AP


Additional Details

The following new self-service configuration apps for Invoice Management are available:


Create/Assign Selection Variants (Alternative) You create and assign selection variants for payment medium formats. You can then use these variants when creating payment media using the Payment Medium Workbench.

Set Up Payment Medium Format Per Company Code You specify the payment medium format to use for each combination of company code, payment method, and house bank. Optionally, you can also add a note to payee for each payment medium format.



See Also



1.6.2.2 Deprecated Apps

Adobe XML Forms Architecture (XFA) 2 is required to enable form extensibility for output management. As a result, as of this release, a few apps under Invoice Management are no longer supported and no longer appear on the SAP Fiori Launchpad.

The following apps have been removed:

● Create Item Interest Calculation (For Suppliers) (FINTAP)● Create Balance Interest Calculation (For Suppliers) (F.44)

Technical Details







With SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805, these apps are removed from the Accounts Payable - Operational Processing (SAP_FIN_BC_AP_DOC_PROC_PC) business catalog.

1.6.2.3 Open on Key Date

The Aging Analysis, Overdue Payables, and Future Payables apps now support an Open on Key Date feature. This feature allows you to define key dates in addition to the key dates delivered standard by SAP. To define key dates, you must be assigned a role that has the same minimum authorization and business catalogs as the Analytics Specialist (SAP_BR_ANALYTICS_SPECIALIST) business template role. Users with these authorizations can then define key dates that allow you to generate reports according to your reporting and analytics needs.


Finance

Technical Details






See Also

For more information about Aging Analysis, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product AssistanceFinance Financial Operations Invoice Management Reporting and Analysis Aging Analysis .

For more information about Overdue Payables, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product AssistanceFinance Financial Operations Invoice Management Reporting and Analysis Overdue Payables ..

For more information about Future Payables, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product AssistanceFinance Financial Operations Invoice Management Reporting and Analysis Future Payables .

1.6.2.4 Manage Supplier Down Payment Requests

You can extend the Manage Supplier Down Payment Requests app according to your business needs by using the business context Coding Block (FINS_CODING_BLOCK).

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials), J60 (Accounts Payable)




See Also

For more information, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 under Product Assistance Finance Financial Operations Invoice Management Document Processing Manage Supplier Down Payment Requests App Extensibility: Manage Supplier Down Payment Requests .

1.6.2.5 Manage Automatic Payments

This app now enables you to define authorization for parameters, proposals, and payments at the company code level. For example, you can now grant a user authorization for the parameters, proposals, and payments for company code 0001, but only the authorization for the payments for company code 0002.

Technical Details







This feature is made possible because the new restriction type Company Code/Payment (BUKRS_CLPAYM) has been created and assigned to the following business catalogs:

Accounts Payable - Payments (SAP_FIN_BC_AP_PAY_PROC_PC)

Accounts Payable and Receivable - Payments (SAP_FIN_BC_APAR_PAYM_PC)

See Also

For more information about Manage Automatic Payments, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Finance Financial Operations Invoice Management Payments Manage Automatic Payments .


Finance


1.6.2.6 Restriction Types for Accounts Payable

New restriction types for accounts payable have been delivered. Ensure that these new restriction types included in the business catalogs are set correctly to allow your users to use their business apps as needed.

Technical Details







Use the Maintain Business Roles app to check the business catalogs and the restriction types. You can also see which business catalogs have changed in the Business Catalogs app.

The following tables show what new restriction types have been delivered, the relevant business catalogs, and the apps that are affected by these restriction types.

New Restriction Types for Accounts Payable Manager

Business Catalog Business Catalog Description

Restriction Type Restriction Type Description

App

SAP_FIN_BC_AP_ANALYTICS_PC

Accounts Payable - Analytics

BEGRU_BKPF_BEK Authorization Groups for Supplier Related Documents

Accounts Payable Overview

BUKRS_GLRLDNR_GLRRCTY_GLRVERS

Company Code / Ledger/ Record

Display Item Change Log

KKBER Credit Control Area Display Item Change Log





App

KTOPL Chart of Accounts Display Item Change Log


SAP_FIN_BC_AP_PAY_APV_PC

Accounts Payable - Payment Approval

KKBER Credit Control Area Approve Bank Payments

KTOPL Chart of Accounts Approve Bank Payments

New Restriction Types for Accounts Payable Accountant



App

SAP_FIN_BC_AP_CHECK_PC

Accounts Payable - Checks

BUKRS_HBKID_HKTID_PAYMETH

House Banks and Payment Method

Manage Checkbooks

SAP_FIN_BC_AP_CLEARING_PC

Accounts Payable - Clearing

BEGRU_BKPF_BED Authorization Groups for Customer Related Documents

Clear Outgoing Payments

Clear Customer (FB1D)

Clear Vendor (FB1K)

BEGRU_BKPF_BUP Authorization Groups for Posting in Adjustment Periods

Reset Cleared Items


Automatic Clearing With Currency (F13E)


Clear Vendor (FB1K)

Clear G/L Account (FB1S)


Finance



App

GSBER Business Area Reset Cleared Items


Reverse Document (FB08)


Clear Vendor (FB1K)


Display Vendor Line Items (FBL1)

Vendor Line Items (FBL1N)

Reset Cleared Items (FBRA)

SEGMENT_GLRRCTY Segment for Segmental Reporting / Record Type



Clear Vendor (FB1K)


BEGRU_KNA1 Authorization Group for Customers


BEGRU_LFA1 Authorization Groups for Suppliers


Display Vendor Line Items (FBL1)

Vendor Line Items (FBL1N)

SAP_FIN_BC_AP_DOC_PROC_PC

Accounts Payable - Operational Processing


Manage Supplier Down Payment Requests

Display Document (FB03)




App

SAP_FIN_BC_AP_PAY_PROC_PC

Accounts Payable - Payments


Manage Supplier Down Payment Requests

Post Outgoing Payments

Create Single Payment

Post Incoming Payments

BUKRS_HBKID_HKTID_PAYMETH

House Banks and Payment Method

Monitor Payments

Revise Payment Proposals

My Free Form Payments

Create Single Payment

KKBER Credit Control Area My Free Form Payments

KTOPL Chart of Accounts My Free Form Payments

SAP_FIN_BC_AP_REVERSAL_PC

Accounts Payable - Reversal


Reset Cleared Items

Reverse Check/BOE (F-46)

See Also


1.6.3 Settlement Management

1.6.3.1 Manage Settlement Documents

This feature enables you to filter and search for your settlement documents. In addition, you can navigate to the documents and display and analyze them.


Finance

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1B6

Application Component LO-AB


See Also

For more information about Manage Settlement Documents, see https://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 under Product Assistance Finance Financial Operations Settlement Management Condition Contract

Settlement Manage Settlement Documents .

1.6.3.2 Manage Customer Condition Contracts

With this feature you can now release customer condition contracts and lock contracts for settlement.

Technical Details




Application Component LO-GT-CHB


See Also

For more information about Condition Contract Management, see https://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 under Product Assistance Finance Financial Operations Settlement Management Condition Contract

Management :


https://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805


● App Extensibility: Manage Customer Condition Contracts● Maintain Contract - Condition Contracts● Maintaining Condition Contracts● Display Contracts - Condition Contracts● Extend Contract - Condition Contracts

1.6.3.3 Enterprise Search Enablement for Condition Contracts

With this feature you can search for condition contracts directly from the SAP Fiori Launchpad with user-defined search criteria. The search also provides fuzzy search capabilities.

Technical Details






See Also

For more information about Condition Contract Management, see https://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 under Product Assistance Generic Information Search :

● Manage Customer Condition Contracts● Maintain Contract - Condition Contracts● Maintaining Condition Contracts● Display Contracts - Condition Contracts● Extend Contract - Condition Contracts

1.6.3.4 Self-Service Configuration for Sales Rebate Condition Contract Types

With this feature you can change delivered condition contract types and create custom condition contract types based on SAP standard content for sales rebates processing. You can also assign a critical change group for sales


Finance


rebate condition contract types to control whether the system automatically generates settlement calendar entries for an accruals update.

Technical Details






See Also


Management :


1.6.3.5 Condition Contract Type Blocking

With this feature you can block condition contract types for further use when you are using self-service configuration. Blocked condition contract types cannot be used for contract creation whereas condition contracts of the specific types can still be found and processed.

Technical Details








See Also


Management :


1.7 Governance, Risk and Compliance for Finance

1.7.1 International Trade

1.7.1.1 International Trade Classification

1.7.1.1.1 Editing Customs Tariff Numbers

You can use this app to create, change, and display customs tariff numbers. You can add a description to a control class and define the validity.


Finance


Technical Details




Application Component SLL-ITR-CLS (International Trade Classification)


1.7.1.1.2 Classifying Products - Customs Tariff Numbers

You can use this app to assign a customs tariff number time-dependently to unclassified products. You can find unclassified products at a particular time for a numbering scheme. Additionally, you can assign another customs tariff number to multiple products at the same time.

Technical Details






1.7.1.1.3 Reclassifying Products - Customs Tariff Numbers

You can use this app to assign another customs tariff number time-dependently to classified products. You can find classified products at a particular time for a numbering scheme. Additionally, you can assign another customs tariff number to multiple products at the same time.


Technical Details






1.7.1.2 Legal Control

1.7.1.2.1 Managing Rules for Legal Control

With this app, you can manage legal control rules to determine blacklisting, whitelisting, or license determination in a particular sequence. You can define these rules yourself to take your specific requirements or particular legal requirements into account.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1W8

Application Component SLL-ITR-TRC (International Trade Compliance)


1.7.1.3 Integration with SAP Global Trade Services


Finance

1.7.1.3.1 Scheduling Postprocessing of Documents - Global Trade Services

You can use this app to reschedule processing of documents relevant to import- and export compliance that could not be transferred for technical reasons to SAP Global Trade Services.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 24J

Application Component SLL-ITR-INT-GTS(Integration with SAP Global Trade Services)


1.8 SAP Best Practices Content

1.8.1 Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Sell from Stock

Use

The scope item now includes the following: Free of charge or zero-priced items are now supported for bundling in the context of IFRS 15


Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 1K2

Scope Item is Changed

Country Dependency Saudi Arabia, Austria, Australia, Belgium, Canada, Switzerland, China, Germany, Denmark, Spain, France, Great Britain, Hong Kong, Hungary, Indonesia, Ireland, India, Italy, Japan, South Korea, Luxembourg, Mexico, Malaysia, Netherlands, Norway, New Zealand, Philippines, Sweden, Singapore, Taiwan, United States of America, South Africa


Effects on Customizing

Configuration settings can be edited or enhanced in configuration apps. To find out more about changed or new configuration apps for this scope item, you can refer to the following overview .

See also

For more information about this scope item and additional deliverables, refer to the fact sheet in the SAP Best Practices Explorer.

1.8.2 Classification for Customs Tariff Number and Commodity Code

Use

This scope item provides the ability to manage tariff codes and commodity codes and their assignment to products.


Finance

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Fsupport.sap.com%2Fcontent%2Fdam%2FSAAP%2FSol_Pack%2FLibrary%2FGeneral%2FS4CLD1805_SSCUI_List_EN_XX.xlsm

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F1K2

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2U3

Scope Item is New





See also


1.8.3 Intercompany Financial Posting and Payment on Behalf - Domestic

Use

The scope item now includes the following: Using the Account Determination SCCUI app, you can set clearing accounts between company codes.



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2U3

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 1GP






See also


1.8.4 Electronic Payment Advice Integration

Use

The scope item now includes the following:

● Payment Advice Notification (Inbound message)● Payment Advice Cancellation Notification (Inbound message)


Finance


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F1GP

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2MB


Country Dependency Saudi Arabia, Austria, Australia, Belgium, Brazil, Canada, Switzerland, China, Germany, Denmark, Spain, France, Great Britain, Hong Kong, Hungary, Indonesia, Ireland, India, Italy, Japan, South Korea, Luxembourg, Mexico, Malaysia, Netherlands, Norway, New Zealand, Philippines, Sweden, Singapore, Taiwan, United States of America, South Africa




See also


1.8.5 Bank Fee Management

Use

The scope item now includes the following: The statement table in the Monitor Bank Fees app is consolidated into the service table to make analysis more service oriented.



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2MB

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2O0


Country Dependency Saudi Arabia, Austria, Australia, Belgium, Brazil, Canada, Switzerland, China, Germany, Denmark, Spain, France, Great Britain, Hong Kong, Hungary, Indonesia, Ireland, India, Italy, Japan, South Korea, Luxembourg, Mexico, Malaysia, Netherlands, Norway, New Zealand, Philippines, Portugal, Sweden, Singapore, Taiwan, United States of America, South Africa




See also


1.8.6 Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Project-Based Services

Use

The scope item now includes the following: New Result Analysis Key based on Fixed Price Percentage of completion based on quantity (via time recording, not via cost booked).


Finance


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F11%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2O0

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 1IL






See also


1.8.7 Data Entry for Cloud Consolidation on SAP Cloud Platform

Use

The scope item now includes the following: Form Designer for manual group data collection (SAP Cloud Platform app)



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F1IL

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 287






See also


1.8.8 Bank Connectivity via APIs

Use

This scope item provides API connectivity between SAP S/4HANA Cloud and banks.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2YM

Scope Item is New



Finance


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F287




See also


1.8.9 Key Risk Indicator Monitoring

Use

This scope item integrates SAP Risk Management with SAP S/4HANA Cloud to support risk monitoring across the enterprise.

Technical Details


Scope Item is New







http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2YM


See also


1.8.10 Period-End Closing - Plant

Use

The scope item now includes the following: Target cost calculation

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item BEI






See also



Finance



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2FBEI

1.8.11 Advanced Bank Account Management

Use


● Correspondence is generated automatically when changing (signatory updates) and closing accounts.● In the Manage Bank Accounts app, you can assign accounts to cash pools as leading or participant accounts.

In the latter case, cash concentration parameters such as Target Balance and Minimum Transfer Amount can be defined on the account.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item J77






See also




http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2FJ77

1.8.12 Accounting for Incoming Sales Orders

Use

The scope item now includes the following: Additional enhancements are provided for existing functionalities.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2FD






See also



Finance


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2FD

1.8.13 Period-End Closing - Projects

Use

The scope item now includes the following: Unified cost rates for professional services. For the scope items listed below, the older CMACA01 step is replaced by the new cost rate app:

● Time Recording - Project-Based Services (J12)● Time Recording (1Q4)● Internal Projects (1NT)

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item BNA






See also




http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2FBNA

1.8.14 Bank Integration with SAP Financial Services Network

Use

The scope item now includes the following: FSN is enhanced so that the lockbox file (BAI2 format) can be received via FSN and imported into and processed by the SAP S/4HANA system..

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 16R






See also



Finance


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F16R

1.8.15 Accounting and Financial Close

Use

The scope item now includes the following: General Journal Entry - Workflow enhancement

● Cost center and account group as additional precondition● Multi-level approval● Approval chain

Technical Details







See also





1.8.16 Legal Control

Use

The scope item now includes the following: Customers can now use the business rules framework to reflect partial embargo situations for blacklisting or whitelisting-specific products and countries and determining the order of licenses.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 1W8






See also



Finance


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F1W8

1.8.17 Market Data Feed from SAP Cloud Platform

Use

The scope item now includes the following: Replace with the New Platform "Venezia" for Market Rates Management service.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 1S4


Country Dependency Australia, Canada, Switzerland, China, Germany, Spain, Great Britain, Singapore, United States of America




See also




http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F1S4

1.8.18 Collections and Dispute Management

Use

The scope item now includes the following: You can now define the organizational structure with new current setting apps:

1. Manage Collection Strategies

In this activity, you create a collection strategy in addition to the existing collection strategies used in SAP Collections and Dispute Management. You select collection rules and additional parameters to the collection strategies

Collection strategies are used to:

● Prioritize business partners on the worklist● Define the currency of amounts to be displayed in the worklist.● Determine the time intervals with which the business partner payables are to be sorted.● Define the type of integration with dunning in Accounts Receivable Accounting.● Determine the influence of the terms of payment on Collections Management (proactive receivables

processing)

2. Define Collection Groups

● Add, change, or remove accounting clerks or collection specialists● Define A/R Accountant as accounting clerk● Create new collection groups

3. Assign Collection Groups to Collection Segments

● Assign collection specialist or accounting clerk to customer● Assign collection profile to the business partner collections management role

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item BFC




Finance




See also


1.8.19 Advanced Cash Operations

Use

The scope item now includes the following: As a new tool for the cash analysis, the Cash Flow Comparison app provides the comparison view in forecast versus actual, to allow the cash manager to better understand the accuracy of the cash forecast and thus optimize the future cash disposition of investment or financing.

Technical Details






http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2FBFC




See also


1.8.20 Project Financial Control

Use


● Project budget reporting● Project forecasting based on historical project data● Simple project creation● Overview page for project financial controllers - project review cards

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 1NT



Finance







See also


1.8.21 Advanced Credit Management

Use

The scope item now includes the following: Two new SSC UI's

1. Define Credit Segment

This app. enables you to define Credit Segments for the calculation of the Credit Limit for your Business Partner.

● Define the Credit Segments that are useful for your company or industry and define the corresponding Credit Segments later in the master record of your business partner.

● Credit Segments are required for calculating the credit limit and enable you to carry out detailed checks at business partner level.

● Decide on the currency in which all credit-relevant checks are to be carried out.

2. Define Risk Class

This app. enables you to define the required risk classes for SAP Credit Management. You can define any number of risk classes



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F1NT

● Determine the Risk Class of a business partner from a partner's score automatically or define it manually.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 1QM






See also


1.8.22 Accounts Payable

Use


● Enhancement for SAP Fiori app Manage Outgoing Checks that enable the A/P Accountant to reset checks that were cashed by accident.

● New API for positive pay


Finance


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F1QM

Technical Details







See also


1.8.23 Basic Credit Management

Use

The scope item now includes the following: Two new SSC UI's

1. Define Credit Segment

This app. enables you to define Credit Segments for the calculation of the Credit Limit for your Business Partner.

● Define the Credit Segments that are useful for your company or industry and define the corresponding Credit Segments later in the master record of your business partner.




● Credit Segments are required for calculating the credit limit and enable you to carry out detailed checks at business partner level.

● Decide on the currency in which all credit-relevant checks are to be carried out.

2. Define Risk Class

This app. enables you to define the required risk classes for SAP Credit Management. You can define any number of risk classes

● Determine the Risk Class of a business partner from a partner's score automatically or define it manually.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item BD6






See also



Finance


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2FBD6

1.8.24 One Allocation

Use

The scope item now includes the following: expanded scenarios

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2QL






See also




http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2QL

1.8.25 SAP Watch List Screening

Use

The scope item now includes the following: Sanctioned party list content is provided by a third party.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 1WE






See also



Finance


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F1WE

1.8.26 Plan Consolidation for SAP S/4HANA Cloud

Use

The scope item now includes the following: Integration with SAP Analytics Cloud plan data through read access to the ACDOCP (plan line items) table

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 28B






See also




http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F28B

1.8.27 Intercompany Process for Cash Concentration

Use

This scope item enables the customer to transfer funds from diverse accounts into a central account to improve the efficiency of cash management.

Technical Details


Scope Item is New

Country Dependency Germany, Great Britain, Ireland, Netherlands, United States of America




See also



Finance



1.8.28 Integration to SAP RealSpend and SAP Financial Statement Insights

Use

The scope item now includes the following: Smart Alerts are provided in the context of financial statement insights.

Smart Alerts aim to autonomously detect unusual business situations in revenue and cost accounts. Using revenue and cost data analysis, Smart Alerts will proactively inform the group controller of potential issues and propose explanations for unusual business situations.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 1KU






See also




http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F1KU

1.8.29 Consolidation Integration with SAP S/4HANA Cloud

Use

This scope item enables the integration between SAP S/4HANA Cloud Consolidation and the external systems.

Technical Details


Scope Item is New





See also


1.8.30 Advance Compliance Reporting

Use



Finance



● Provide ACR Reports for Switzerland, Spain, Emirates, Mexico● Provide ACR Partner Extensibility for Legal Reporting● Provide reporting activities Manage TAX items for legal Reporting and Tax Payable Posting

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 1J2


Country Dependency Saudi Arabia, Austria, Australia, Belgium, Brazil, Canada, Switzerland, China, Denmark, Spain, France, Great Britain, Hungary, Indonesia, Ireland, India, Italy, Japan, South Korea, Luxembourg, Mexico, Malaysia, Netherlands, Philippines, Sweden, Singapore, Taiwan, United States of America, South Africa




See also


1.8.31 Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Project-Based Services - PL

Use

The scope item now includes the following: New Result Analysis Key based on Fixed Prices Percentage of completion based on quantity (via time recording, not via cost booked).



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F1J2

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 1P0






See also


1.8.32 Lease-In Accounting

Use


● Consumer Price Index adjustments enable the customers to freely decide to adjust the Consumer Price Index on percentage or points. For example, the customer can be flexible and can control the increase or reduction of rent without a preset of adjustment rules.

● New customers can upload legacy leasing contracts from Excel sheets into the SAP S/4HANA Cloud system and use SAP S/4HANA Cloud for Contract and Lease Management for both new and legacy leasing contracts.


Finance


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F1P0

● Multi-currency is delivered as part of the conditions for contracts that are in a currency that differs from the local currency of the company code.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 1T6


Country Dependency Australia, Canada, Switzerland, Germany, Spain, France, Great Britain, Japan, Netherlands, United States of America, South Africa




See also


1.8.33 Debt and Investment Management

Use

The scope item now includes the following: New process step for Accrual Interest Condition New app Review Interest Rate Overview



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F1T6

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 1WV






See also


1.8.34 Foreign Currency Risk Management

Use


● New preliminary step for defining Fixing References of NDF transactions● New process steps in Appendix for FX Netting

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 1X1


Finance


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F1WV






See also


1.8.35 Hedge Accounting for FX Forward supporting IFRS 9

Use

The scope item now includes the following: New process steps in Appendix for over-hedge processing dedesignation New apps for Initialize Hedging Classification, Initialize Hedging Relationships and Change Day Ref. Date of Snapshot for Migration of Hedging Relationships

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 1XD





http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F1X1




See also


1.8.36 Contract Accounting: Customer Initiated Payments

Use

The scope item now includes the following: The scope item has been renamed. We restructured and enhanced the process with customer relative initiated payments. With the customer-initiated payment, you can post incoming payments that are already paid by the customer. You can also manage clarification of incoming payment through payment lot and check lot processing. You can also get a detailed option of transferring the amount to other objects (G/L posting, clarification account, post on account, and repayment).

Other additional process steps include:

● Post Incoming Payment Data from bank statement file● Payment Lot Processing● Check Lot Processing

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2BI



Finance


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F1XD

Country Dependency Canada, Germany, Great Britain, Ireland, United States of America




See also


1.8.37 Contract Accounting: Daily and Monthly Closing

Use


● Doubtful Receivables● Foreign Currency Valuation

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2BK






http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2BI



See also


1.8.38 Contract Accounting: Company Initiated Payments

Use

The scope item now includes the following: The scope item was restructured and enhanced with the following processes: SEPA Mandate Creation SEPA Direct Debit Creation SEPA Credit Transfer Creation Create Return Lots with or without bank statement Clarification of Lot

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2DP







Finance


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2BK


See also


1.8.39 SAP Hybris Revenue Cloud Integration: Convergent Invoicing

Use

The scope item now includes the following: Download invoice as PDF

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2PT






See also



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2DP


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2PT

1.8.40 Hedge Accounting for FX Option supporting IFRS 9

Use


● New process step for Zero/Low Cost Collar FX Option (Cylinder Option)● New process steps in Appendix for Over-hedge Processing De-designation● New apps: Initialize Hedging Classification, Initialize Hedging Relationships, and Change Day Ref. Date of

Snapshot for Migration of Hedging Relationships

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2RW






See also



Finance


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2RW

1.8.41 Lease-Out for Sublease Accounting - Parallel Ledger

Use

The scope item now includes the following: Consumer Price Index adjustments enables the customers to freely decide to adjust the Consumer Price Index on percentage or points. For example, the customer can be flexible and can control the increase or reduction of rent without a preset of adjustment rules. New customers can upload legacy leasing contracts from Excel sheets into the SAP S/4HANA Cloud system and use SAP S/4HANA Cloud for Contract and Lease Management for both new and legacy leasing contracts. Multi-currency is delivered as part of the conditions for contracts that are in a currency that differs from the local currency of the company code.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2SA






See also




http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2SA

1.8.42 Lease-Out for Sublease Accounting

Use


Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2SB






See also



Finance


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2SB

1.8.43 Hedge Accounting for FX Swap supporting IFRS 9

Use

This scope item provides functions to handle the hedge management and hedge accounting process for FX Swap under IFRS 9.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2UF

Scope Item is New





See also




http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2UF

1.8.44 Contract Accounting: Open Item Management

Use

In this scope item, you handle open item management for contract accounting.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2UJ

Scope Item is New

Country Dependency Germany, United States of America




See also


1.8.45 Monitoring of Goods and Invoice Receipts

Use

The Goods Receipt/Invoice Receipt Monitor is a tool to make status proposals depending on a specific PO item's situation. The service can be used standalone or seamlessly integrated in the GR/IR Monitor.


Finance


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2UJ

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2V7

Scope Item is New





See also


1.8.46 Machine Learning for Monitoring of Goods and Invoice Receipts

Use

Machine Learning using SAP Cloud Platform can be used to expand the functionality of the SAP Goods Receipt/Invoice Receipt Monitor used with SAP S/4HANA. This scope item addresses the set up and configuration of machine learning for the GR/IR Monitor.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2ZS



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2V7

Scope Item is New





See also


1.8.47 Service Contract

Use


Technical Details




Finance


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2ZS





See also


1.8.48 Lease-In Accounting - Parallel Ledger

Use

The scope item now includes the following: Consumer Price Index adjustments enable the customers to freely decide to adjust the Consumer Price Index on percentage or points. For example, the customer can be flexible and can control the increase or reduction of rent without a preset of adjustment rules. New customers can upload legacy leasing contracts from Excel sheets into the SAP S/4HANA Cloud system and use SAP S/4HANA Cloud for Contract and Lease Management for both new and legacy leasing contracts. Multi-currency is delivered as part of the conditions for contracts that are in a currency that differs from the local currency of the company code.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 21P









See also


1.8.49 Lease-Out Accounting

Use

The scope item now includes the following: Consumer Price Index adjustments enable the customers to freely decide to adjust the Consumer Price Index on percentage or points. For example, the customer can be flexible and can control the increase or reduction of rent without a preset of adjustment rules. New customers can upload legacy leasing contracts from Excel sheets into the SAP S/4HANA Cloud system and use SAP S/4HANA Cloud for Contract and Lease Management for both new and legacy leasing contracts. Multi-currency is delivered as part of the conditions for contracts that are in a currency that differs from the local currency of the company code.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 21Q



Finance


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F21P





See also


1.8.50 SAP Global Trade Services Integration for Compliance Management

Use

The scope item now includes the following: Import compliance management in SAP Global Trade Services with transfer of relevant purchasing documents is now supported.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 24J




http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F21Q





See also


1.8.51 Lockbox

Use

The scope item now includes the following: The integration of Lockbox with the SAP Cash Application provides matching proposals during the reprocessing of the lockbox items. SAP Cash Application is based on Machine Learning.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 1JT

Scope Item is New

Country Dependency Canada, United States of America


Finance


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F24J




See also


1.8.52 Combined Invoice - Goods and Service Items

Use

This scenario covers the need to charge a customer for the goods sold and the services provided.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2UV

Scope Item is New

Country Dependency Brazil






http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FUS%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F1JT


See also


1.8.53 Returnable Packaging to Vendor

Use

This process covers when a goods supplier sends a Nota Fiscal with a material and a returnable package, and requests return of the latter item.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2UU

Scope Item is New





See also



Finance

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FBR%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2UV


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FBR%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2UU

1.8.54 Complementary Invoice - Pricing

Use

A subsequent credit or debit exists when an additional invoice is received for a transaction that was previously invoiced.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2UT

Scope Item is New





See also




http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FBR%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2UT

1.8.55 Electronic Documents

Use

In this scope item, you can send electronic documents to Brazilian government systems to get authorization for different processes, such as authorization and cancellation.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2RP

Scope Item is New





See also



Finance


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FBR%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2RP

1.8.56 Delivery of Goods on Behalf of Another Company

Use

In this process, the company uses a third-party vendor to ship the goods directly to the customer. The company then invoices the customer.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2UW

Scope Item is New





See also




http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FBR%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2UW

1.8.57 Invoice, Taxes and Complementary Postings

Use

The scope item now includes the following: Scenario updates to Service Nota Fiscal Management, Incoming NF Writer (for Goods or Services), and alternatives for FSN replacement.

Technical Details







See also


1.9 Country Specifics

For country-specific changes, please see Country Specifics [page 441].


Finance


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FBR%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F1J5

2 Manufacturing

2.1 Production Planning

2.1.1 OData Service for Maintain Planned Independent Requirements API

This feature enables you to read and update planned independent requirements (PIRs). While it is possible to maintain PIRs within the SAP system with the Change PIRs app, this service gives you the possibility to maintain PIRs in an external system.

Technical name of the OData Service: API_PLND_INDEP_RQMT_SRV.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item J44 ( Material Requirements Planning), 2JN (Integration of SAP Manufacturing Execution System to Production Operations), 1BM (Make-to-Order Production - Semifinished Goods Planning and Assembly), BJ5 (Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing), BJ8 (Make-to-Stock Production - Process Manufacturing), BJH (Make-to-Stock Production - Repetitive Manufacturing), 1E3 (Manufacturing with Kanban Supply into Production), 1Y2 (Demand-Driven Buffer Level Managenent)

Application Component PP-MP-DEM


What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805Manufacturing P U B L I C 157

See Also

The interface is also available in the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/ ).

2.1.2 Changed API for Material Planning Data

With this API (API_MRP_MATERIALS_SRV_01) you can read material planning data. With the new MaterialCoverage entity, you can now read material coverage information.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item J44 (Material Requirements Planning)

Application Component PP-MRP


See Also


2.1.3 Changed API for Planned Orders

With this API (API_PLANNED_ORDERS) you can create, change, and delete planned orders as well as read order headers and components belonging to a planned order.

Technical Details




Manufacturing

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Fapi.sap.com%2F


Used in Scope Item J44 (Material Requirements Planning), BJ5 (Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing), BJ8 (Make-to-Stock Production - Process Manufacturing)

Application Component PP-MRP


See Also


2.1.4 Buffer Positioning

This feature enables you to identify products to be buffered by analyzing the upstream and downstream of the products in your supply chain.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1Y2 (Demand-Driven Buffer Level Management)

Application Component PP-DD


2.1.5 Change Comparison View Chart Settings

This feature enables you to display either the current and proposed stock levels or the current and proposed buffer zones in the comparison view chart. It also allows you to display the minimum order quantity for your products.



Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1Y2 (Demand-Driven Buffer Level Management)

Application Component PP-DD


2.1.6 Schedule ATP Run for Production / Planned Orders

You can use this app to do the following:

● Schedule and configure background jobs that check the availability of materials for several production orders or planned orders according to the ATP method

● View the results of the availability checks scheduled with this app

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item No scope item required

Application Component PP-SFC


See Also

For more information about the Schedule ATP Run for Production / Planned Orders app, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 under Product Assistance Manufacturing Application Jobs in PP Schedule ATP Run for Production / Planned Orders .


Manufacturing



2.1.7 Define Plant Parameters Overview

With this feature, you can specify for each plant several control parameters for material requirements planning (MRP).

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item J44 (Material Requirements Planning)

Application Component PP-MRP-BD (Master Data)

Availability S/4HANA Cloud 1805

Additional Details

You can find this new configuration step Define Plant Parameters Overview in the Planning configuration item of the Configure Your Solution app, which is part of the Manage Your Solution app.

See Also

For more information about the Manage Your Solution app, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 under Product Assistance Generic Information Implementation Tools Manage Your Solution .

2.2 Manufacturing Execution for Discrete Industries

2.2.1 Configuration for Shop Floor Control

In Manufacturing, the Manage Your Solution app has new configuration items and steps related to Shop Floor Control.



Technical Details



Used in Scope Item BJ5 (Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing)

Application Component PP-SFC-PLN:

● Define Production Supervisor● Define Reasons for Variances● Define Single Screen Entry

PP-BD-RTG:

● Define Control Key● Define Parameters● Define Standard Value Key● Define Formulas for Work Centers


Additional Details

The following configuration items are availble:

Configuration Item Configuration Step What You Can Do

Master Data Define Production Supervisor Define the production supervisors for your plants.

Configuration Define Reasons for Variances Define the potential reasons that can cause a variance.

Define Single Screen Entry Create layouts for the single screen entry of confirmations and for reprocessing confirmations containing errors.

Work Center Define Control Key Define control keys for operations adding the business function you want to carry out with the operation and the the system processes the operation.

Define Parameters Define parameters, which you then assign to standard value keys.


Manufacturing

Configuration Item Configuration Step What You Can Do

Define Standard Value Key Define the standard value keys to determine the standard values of an operation.

Define Formulas for Work Centers Create formulas for work centers and define where the formulas should be used, for example, for scheduling or costing.



See Also


2.3 Quality Management

2.3.1 Process Quality Tasks

With this product feature you get a worklist for all quality tasks you have created for a generic defect. There are different filter criteria for selecting tasks. If you select a task, you can edit the task in the Record Defect app.

Technical Details





Used in Scope Item 2QN (Nonconformance Management)

Application Component QM-QN-TSK


2.3.2 Assign a Task to a Defect

With this product feature you can assign a task to a generic defect in order to start the problem-solving process. The defect must have been created and saved first.

NoteYou can assign only one task per defect.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 2QN (Nonconformance Management)

Application Component QM-QN-DEF


2.3.3 Quality Technician Overview Card

This feature enables you to view the most important information related to inspection management and results recording in the Quality Technician Overview app. Information about inspection points is displayed on the new card Inspection Lots with Open Results for Inspection Points.


Manufacturing

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1E1 (Quality Management in Discrete Manufacturing)

Application Component QM-IM-RR


2.3.4 Manage Quality Info Records

This feature enables you to view, create, and manage quality info records.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1FM (Quality Management in Procurement)

Application Component QM-PT-RP-PRC


2.3.5 Inspection Lot Analytics

This feature enables you to analyze your inspection lots for which usage decisions have already been made, based on time, inspection type, material and plant.

Technical Details




Used in Scope Item 2V0 (SAP Fiori Analytical Apps for Quality Management)

Application Component QM-QC-IS


2.3.6 Inspection Lot Detailed Analytics

This feature enables you to analyze your inspection lots for which usage decisions have already been made, for categories such as accepted and rejected lots, rejection rate, skip rate, total number of lots, skip lots, and mean processing time based on time, inspection type, material, plant, supplier, and customer.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 2V0 (SAP Fiori Analytical Apps for Quality Management)

Application Component QM-QC-IS


2.3.7 Self-Service Configuration UI for Inspection Planning

In Quality Management, a new self-service configuration UI (SSCUI) is available in the Manage Your Solution app. The SSCUI enables you to define inspection point field combinations. The fields determine the inspection points for which inspection results can be recorded below operation level. The identifier for the inspection point field combination can be assigned to an inspection plan.

Technical Details




Manufacturing

Used in Scope Item 1E1 (Quality Management in Discrete Manufacturing)

Application Component QM-PT-IP


2.3.8 Changed API for Inspection Lots

The OData service API_INSPECTIONLOT_SRV now enables you to also read single results for inspection lots. In addition, you can write summarized inspection results to the SAP S/4HANA Cloud system. Therefore the API was renamed to Inspection Lot – Read, Write.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1E1 (Quality Management in Discrete Manufacturing), 1FM (Quality Management in Procurement), 1MP (Quality Management in Sales), 1MR (Quality Management in Stock Handling)

Application Component QM-IM


See Also

For more information about the API, see the corresponding documentation on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/ ).

2.3.9 Definition of Authorization Restrictions

This feature enables you to define additional authorization restrictions for inspection types and work centers for inspection when assigning quality management business catalogs to your roles or users. In addition, you now have the possibility to define specific authorization checks for value helps that are used in the Fiori apps in a business role or catalog.




Technical Details




Application Component QM


Additional Details

It is now possible to restrict the authorizations for the following business catalogs:

● Restriction to one or several inspection types:QM - Quality Control (SAP_QM_BC_QUALITY_CONTROL_PC)

● Restriction to one or several work centers for inspection:QM - Quality Control (SAP_QM_BC_QUALITY_CONTROL_PC)

See Also

Improved Authorization Checks for Value Helps [page 436]

2.3.10 Extensibility in Quality Management

2.3.10.1 App Extensibility: Display Inspection Lots - Worklist

This feature enables you to extend the Display Inspection Lots - Worklist app according to your business needs. You can implement logic for the Business Add-Ins Lot Creation at Goods Receipt and at Stock Transfer and Lot Creation in Production.

Technical Details



Manufacturing


Used in Scope Item 1FM (Quality Management in Procurement), 1E1 (Quality Management in Discrete Manufacturing), 1MP (Quality Management in Sales), 1MR (Quality Management in Stock Handling)

Application Component QM-PT-BD (Basic Data)


See Also

For more information, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Manufacturing Quality Management Extensibility in Quality Management App Extensibility for Classic Applications App Extensibility: Display Inspection Lots - Worklist .

See also: http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Generic Information General Functions for the Key User Extensibility .


2.4.1 Subcontracting

Use


● Serial number processing




Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item BMY






See also


2.4.2 Make-to-Stock Production with Variant Configuration

Use


● Interactive user selection of material variants during the sales order process


Manufacturing


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2FBMY

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 21D






See also


2.4.3 Demand-Driven Buffer Level Management

Use


● Visualize and support buffer positioning in demand-driven replenishment● Display position of decoupling points in a multilevel bill of materials (BOM) respectively along the supply chain● Support analysis to relocate and reorganize decoupling points



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F21D

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 1Y2






See also


2.4.4 Make-to-Stock Production - Process Manufacturing

Use

This scope item provides a platform for process manufacturing, supporting processes in manufacturing for the chemical, pharmaceutical, and food and beverage industries, as well as the batch-oriented electronics industry.


Manufacturing


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F1Y2

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2UG

Scope Item is New





See also


2.4.5 Nonconformance Management

Use


● Assign one quality task to a defect record● Assign task processor to the task● Document task outcome in processor notes● Flexible and state-of-the-art worklist app for monitoring quality tasks created for defects● Create and process manual inspection lot for inspection types 01, 03, 04, 08, and 89



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2UG

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2QN






See also


2.4.6 Make-to-Order Production with Variant Configuration

Use


● Integrate advanced variant configurator along key processes: production order (read-only mode)● Enablement of materials with variant configuration for the following scope items:

○ Sell from Stock (BD9)○ Customer Returns (BDD)○ Sales Quotation (BDG)○ Sales Order Processing for Prospect (BDH)


Manufacturing


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2QN

○ Invoice Correction Process with Debit Memo (BDQ)○ Returnable Processing (BDW○ Invoice Correction Process with Credit Memo (BKL)○ Sales Order Processing with Collective Billing (BKZ)○ Credit Memo Processing (1EZ)○ Debit Memo Processing (1F1)○ Sales Order Processing - SEPA Direct Debit Handling (BKX)○ Accelerated Customer Returns Management (BKP)○ Convergent Billing (1MC)○ Electronic Payment (1Z1)

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 1YT






See also




http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F1YT

2.4.7 SAP Fiori Analytical Apps for Quality Management

Use

This scope item provides overview pages and analytical apps for the quality technician and quality engineer showing the most important information related to inspection and task management. Analytical apps enable in-depth analysis of the quality situation.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2V0

Scope Item is New





See also





Manufacturing


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2V0

3 Professional Services

3.1 Customer Project Management

3.1.1 Plan Customer Projects

In the Create Customer Projects and the Plan Customer Projects apps, you can now display the profit center in the billing area.

For every billing item that you create, the system uses the profit center that is set for the project. As long as the project is in status In Execution or Contract Preparation, you can change the profit center for a billing item.

When you change the profit center for the entire project, this new profit center is used for all new billing items. However, the profit center you have assigned to existing billing items does not change.

Once subsequent documents (for example, debit memo requests) or postings exist, you cannot change the profit center for related billing items anymore.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item J11 (Customer Project Management - Project-Based Services)

Application Component CA-CPD (Commercial Project Management)


See Also

For more information about the Create Customer Projects and the Plan Customer Projects apps, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Professional Services Customer and Internal Project Management .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805Professional Services P U B L I C 177



3.1.2 Review Customer Projects

In the Review Customer Projects app, plan items that have common attributes (such as role, delivery organization, and work item) are grouped into a single row. This enables project managers to forecast effort and expenses at consolidated levels, and view corresponding effects on project KPIs.

For each consolidated row, you can choose respective links to view information about planned and actual effort, and resources.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item J11

Application Component CA-CPD-SS



Plan items that have common attributes (such as role, delivery organization, and work item) are merged into a single row.

See Also

For more information about the Review Customer Projects app, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Professional Services Customer and Internal Project Management .

3.1.3 View Written-off Items in Release Billing Proposals

With this feature, you can view the written-off amounts and quantities for the billing items referring to the billing proposals you have selected.


Professional Services


Technical Details



Used in Scope Item J11 (Customer Project Management - Project-Based Services)

Application Component PS-FIO-REV


See Also

For more information, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Professional ServicesCustomer and Internal Project Management Release Billing Proposals .

3.2 Resource Management

3.2.1 Assignment of Multiple Resources to a Resource Request

As a resource manager, you can now assign multiple resources to the same resource request. This helps you to overcome gaps in skills or availability in your team. You can assign each resource individually or, to make the process even easier, you can create all assignments in one go.

Technical Details

Product Feature Is New


Used in Scope Item 1KC Advanced Resource Management - Project-Based Services

Application Component CA-RSH-PS




To show you immediately how many resources are assigned to a resource request, a new field has been added to all relevant screens.

See Also

For more information, see the product assistance for SAP S/4HANA Cloud at http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance . Open the product assistance and go to Professional ServicesResource Management .

3.2.2 Marking of Assigned Resources

In the resource request details, you can now immediately see who's assigned to the request. This allows you to change or delete assignments for these resources even more quickly.

Technical Details







If a resource request has already been (partially) staffed, a blue vertical bar on the Project Team tab and on the Suitable Resources tab indicates who's assigned to the request.



See Also


3.2.3 Availability Matching

If a resource request has already been (partially) staffed, the availability match percentage is now calculated based on the remaining required hours.

Technical Details






See Also


3.2.4 Filtering of Suitable Resource Requests

In the resource details, you can now use the request status to filter the suitable resource requests proposed by the app. This allows you to narrow down or extend the list according to your requirements.


Technical Details







A new field has been added to the filter dialog on the Suitable Resource Requests tab.

See Also



3.3.1 Customer Project Management - Project-Based Services

Use

The scope item now includes the following: To get more granular reporting, you can now maintain profit centers on the sales order billing item level



Technical Details







See also


3.3.2 Service and Material Procurement - Project-Based Services

Use


● Extended note and text handling in purchasing documents● Functional improvements of Supplier Invoice Processing / Service entry sheet selection during invoice

creation




Technical Details







See also


3.3.3 Time Recording - Project-Based Services

Use


● Handling of multiple active employments● BAdI to determine the approver for each time sheet record● Flexible interval for time recording● Enhanced time sheet approval concept using My Inbox





Technical Details







See also


3.3.4 Advanced Resource Management - Project-Based Services

Use


● Assignment of Multiple Resources to a Resource Request




Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 1KC






See also







http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F1KC

4 Sales

4.1 Order and Contract Management

4.1.1 Sales Master Data Management

4.1.1.1 Common Distribution Channels and Divisions

With this feature, you can define distribution channels that have common condition, customer, and material master data within a sales organization, as well as divisions that have common condition and customer master data within a sales organization.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item BD3 (Sales Processing using Third-Party with Shipping Notifi-cation), BD9 (Sell from Stock)

Application Component SD (Sales and Distribution)



Find these configuration steps under Manage Your Solution Configure your Solution . To facilitate navigation, you can filter by Sales as the application area and Sales Master Data Management as the sub application area.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805Sales P U B L I C 187

4.1.1.2 Sales Area for Sales Document Types

With this feature, you can combine sales organizations, distribution channels, and divisions and assign allowed sales document types to sales areas.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item BD3 (Sales Processing using Third-Party with Shipping Notifi-cation), BD9 (Sell from Stock)

Application Component SD-SLS (Sales)



Find these configuration steps under Manage Your Solution Configure your Solution . To facilitate navigation, you can filter by Sales as the application area and Sales Master Data Management as the sub application area.

4.1.1.3 Deprecated Customer-Material Apps

The Manage Customer Materials app is the central point for creating and maintaining customer materials. As a result, as of this release, the following apps are no longer supported and no longer appear on the SAP Fiori Launchpad:

● Create Customer-Material Info● Change Customer-Material● List Customer-Material● Display Material-Customer Info● Display Customer-Material Info


Sales

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock)

Application Component SD-MD-AM-CMI (Customer Material Information)



With SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805, these apps are removed from the Sales Master Data (SAP_SD_BCG_MD_MANAGE_MC) business group.

See Also

For more information about the Manage Customer Materials app, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Sales Order and Contract Management Sales Master Data Management Manage

Customer Materials .

4.1.1.4 Deprecated Cross-Selling Apps

Cross-selling is not supported in SAP S/4HANA Cloud. As a result, as of this release, the following apps are no longer supported and no longer appear on the SAP Fiori Launchpad:

● Create Cross-Selling● Change Cross-Selling● Display Cross-Selling

Technical Details






Application Component SD-MD-CM (Conditions)



With SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805, these apps are removed from the Sales Master Data (SAP_SD_BCG_MD_MANAGE) business group.

4.1.1.5 Configuration for Pricing Condition Exclusion

In Pricing, the Manage Your Solutions app has new configuration steps for making settings related to condition exclusion. You can now define how condition exclusion is to be carried out by using exclusion groups.

Technical Details




Application Component SD-BF-PR (Pricing and Conditions)


Additional Details

The following new configuration steps are available for condition exclusion:

● Define Condition Exclusion Groups● Assign Condition Types to Exclusion Groups● Maintain Condition Exclusion for Pricing Procedures

Find these configuration steps under Manage Your Solutions Configure Your Solution Sales Sales Master Data Management Pricing .


Sales


You cannot change the predelivered configuration settings. Instead, you can create new settings by copying the existing settings and adapting the copied settings as required.

See Also

For more information about how to use the configuration steps, see the configuration help of each step in the Configure Your Solution app.

For more information about the Manage Your Solution app, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Generic Information Implementation Tools Manage Your Solution .


4.1.1.6 Configuration for Credit Limit Checks

This feature enables you to make settings related to SAP Credit Management by using new configuration steps in the Manage Your Solution app.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item BD6 (Basic Credit Management)

Application Component SD-BF-CM (Credit Management)


Additional Details

The following new configuration steps are available for SAP Credit Management:


Configuration Step Settings you can make

Set Credit Limit Checks for Sales Document Types (Optional) For each sales document type, define whether a credit limit check should be carried out.

Set Credit Limit Checks for Delivery Types (Optional) For each delivery type, define whether a credit limit check should be carried out.

You can find these configuration steps under Manage Your Solution Configure Your Solution Finance Credit Evaluation and Management General Settings .



See Also


4.1.2 Sales Contract Management

4.1.2.1 Export to Spreadsheet

With this feature you can export the list of documents to a spreadsheet. The list is exported as displayed, that is, your column settings and sorting are kept.

This feature is included in the following apps:

● Manage Sales Orders● Manage Sales Orders Without Charge● Manage Sales Quotations● Manage Sales Contracts● Manage Debit Memo Requests● Manage Credit Memo Requests


Sales

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1BM (Make-to-Order Production - Semifinished Goods Planning and Assembly), 1EZ (Credit Memo Processing), 1F1 (Debit Memo Processing), 1HO (Intercompany Sales Order Processing - Domestic), 1IU (Customer Consignment), 1MP (Quality Management in Sales), 1MX (Intercompany Sales Order Processing - International), 1WE (SAP Watch List Screening), 1WO (Extended Intercompany Processes for Sales), 1YT (Make-to-Order Production with Variant Configuration), 1Z1 (Electronic Payment), 1Z3 (Accelerated Third Party Returns), 21D (Make-to-Stock Production with Variant Configuration), 21T (Subsidiary as Production Unit and Internal Supplier to Headquarters), 2EQ (Sale of Services), 2ET (Sales Order Processing for Non-Stock Material), 2F4 (Intercompany Process for Customer Returns), 2QI (Demand-Driven Replenishment Planning and Execution), 2UV (Combined Invoice - Goods and Service Items), 2UW (Delivery of Goods on Behalf of Another Company), BD3 (Sales Processing using Third-Party with Shipping Notification), BD9 (Sell from Stock), BDA (Free of Charge Delivery), BDG (Sales Quotation), BDH (Sales Order Entry with One Time Customer), BDK (Sales Processing using Third-Party without Shipping Notification), BDN (Sales of Non-Stock Item with Order-Specific Procurement), BDQ (Invoice Correction Process with Debit Memo), BDW (Returnables Processing), BJE (Make-to-Order Production - Finished Goods Sales and Final Assembly), BKA (Free Goods Processing), BKJ (Sales Order Processing with Customer Down Payment), BKL (Invoice Correction Process with Credit Memo), BKP (Accelerated Customer Returns), BKX (Sales Order Processing - SEPA Direct Debit Handling), BKZ (Sales Order Processing with Invoice List and Collective Billing), I9I (Sales Contract Management), J14 (Sales Order Processing - Project-Based Services)



See Also

For more information about the relevant apps, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product AssistanceSales Order and Contract Management .



4.1.2.2 Changed OData API for Sales Contracts (Create, Read, Update, Delete)

With this OData service, you can now create sales contracts and sales contract items, update sales contracts, and delete sales contracts.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item I9I (Sales Contract Management)



See Also

This interface is available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com ).

4.1.2.3 Assign Rejection Reasons to Sales Document Types and Sales Organizations

You can assign rejection reasons to specific sales document types and sales organizations and thus limit the list of rejection reasons that business users can choose from. Whenever business users reject sales document items, they must give a reason.

Technical Details




Sales


Used in Scope Item 1EZ (Credit Memo Processing), 1F1 (Debit Memo Processing), 1YT (Make-to-Order Production with Variant Configuration), BDG (Sales Quotation), BDQ (Invoice Correction Process with Debit Memo), BJE (Make-to-Order Production - Finished Goods Sales and Final Assembly), BKJ (Sales Order Processing with Customer Down Payment), BKL (Invoice Correction Process with Credit Memo), I9I (Sales Contract Management), J14 (Sales Order Processing - Project-Based Services)



Additional Details

The limited list is displayed in the following apps:

● Manage Sales Quotations● Manage Sales Contracts● Manage Debit Memo Requests● Manage Credit Memo Requests

The Assign Rejection Reasons to Sales Document Types and Sales Organizations configuration step is available for the key user in the Manage Your Solution app under application area Sales and sub application area Order and Contract Management.

4.1.3 Sales Order Management and Processing






Technical Details






See Also



Sales


4.1.3.2 Manage Sales Orders - Beta Version

In this app, you can now choose whether you want to create a new draft sales order with or without filter and default values. If you filter for a sold-to party, you can create a draft sales order that automatically uses this sold-to party. Depending on the default values you might have entered for your user, other fields are pre-filled as well.

Technical Details






See Also

For more information about the Manage Sales Orders - Beta Version app, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Sales Order and Contract Management Sales Order Management and Processing Sales Orders Manage Sales Orders .

4.1.3.3 Deprecation of Classic Apps Listing Incomplete Sales Documents

The List Incomplete Sales Documents, List Incomplete Sales Inquiries, List Incomplete Sales Quotations, and List Incomplete Sales Contracts Fiori apps replace the following classic apps:

● List Incomplete Sales Documents - V.01● List Incomplete Sales Inquiries - V.03● List Incomplete Sales Quotations - V.04● List Incomplete Sales Contracts - V.06




Technical Details



Used in Scope Item BKK (Sales Order Fulfillment Monitoring)

Application Component SD-SLS-GF



The following classic apps will be deleted with SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805:

● List Incomplete Sales Documents - V.01● List Incomplete Sales Inquiries - V.03● List Incomplete Sales Quotations - V.04● List Incomplete Sales Contracts - V.06

See Also

For more information, seehttp://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Sales Order and Contract Management Sales Monitoring and Analytics .

4.1.3.4 Changed OData API for Sales Quotations (Create, Read, Update, Delete)

With this OData service, you can now create sales quotations and sales quotation items, update sales quotations, and delete sales quotations.

Technical Details




Sales


Used in Scope Item BDG (Sales Quotation)



See Also


4.1.3.5 Integration of SAP S/4HANA Sales Cloud with Buyers

The integration of SAP S/4HANA Sales Cloud with buyers allows suppliers and buyers to exchange documents by using Web services based on the SOAP protocol.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 2EL (Integration of SAP S/4HANA Sales with Procurement)



Additional Details

The process consists of the following steps:

1. The supplier's SAP S/4HANA Cloud system receives a purchase order (for materials or services) from an external SAP buyer system, which triggers the creation, change, or cancellation of a sales order.

2. The supplier can check if the customer expected price is okay. Depending on the results, the supplier's SAP S/4HANA Cloud system sends an order confirmation or an order confirmation change message (with a changed price, or with rejected order items) to the external SAP buyer system.

3. The supplier's SAP S/4HANA Cloud system sends an advanced shipping notification to the external SAP buyer system.

4. The supplier's SAP S/4HANA Cloud system sends an invoice to the external SAP buyer system.



If you want to integrate your SAP S/4HANA Cloud system with external SAP systems that perform data exchange using formats such as IDOC, you have to use SAP Cloud Platform Integration to enable the required mapping of SOAP services to the data exchange format used. A mapping content package is available that enables you to map the SOAP services to IDOC.

See Also

For more information, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Sales Order and Contract Management Integration .

The relevant interfaces are available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com ).

4.1.3.6 Extensibility for Output Forms of Sales Documents

With this feature, you can extend your custom form templates using data sources. You can create data source extensions for the following sales documents:

● Sales order● Sales quotation

Technical Details





See Also

For more information, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Sales Order and Contract Management Basic Functions Output Output Management for Sales Documents .


Sales




4.1.3.7 CDS Views for Sales Order Management and Processing

Several basic CDS (Core Data Services) views for Sales Order Management and Processing have now been released. You can use them to construct custom views or apps that need to retrieve data about sales documents, sales orders, and sales quotations.

Technical Details





Additional Details

The following CDS views have now been released:

● I_SalesOrder● I_SalesOrderPartner● I_SalesOrderPricingElement● I_SalesOrderItem● I_SalesOrderItemPartner● I_SalesOrderItemPricingElement● I_SalesQuotation● I_SalesQuotationPartner● I_SalesQuotationPrcgElmnt● I_SalesQuotationItem● I_SalesQuotationItemPartner● I_SalesQuotationItemPrcgElmnt● I_SalesDocumentScheduleLine

You can look at all released CDS views and their fields in detail by using the View Browser app.


See Also

For more information about these CDS views, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product AssistanceGeneric Information Analytics CDS Views CDS Views for Sales Order and Contract Management Sales Order Management and Processing .

For more information about the View Browser app, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Generic Information Analytics View Browser .



Technical Details






Additional Details


● Manage Sales Quotations● Manage Sales Contracts


Sales



● Manage Debit Memo Requests● Manage Credit Memo Requests


4.1.4 Billing and Invoicing

4.1.4.1 New SOAP API for Billing Documents (Create)

This inbound, SOAP-based Web service enables external consumers to create billing documents in your SAP S/4HANA Cloud system. To achieve this, the external consumer sends billable data into your system through Web service requests. This allows billing data from external systems (for example, orders and deliveries created in a non-SAP system) to be billed in your SAP S/4HANA Cloud system.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1Z6 (External Billing)

Application Component SD-BIL (Sales and Distribution - Billing)


See Also

This interface is available on the SAP API Business Hub https://api.sap.com .

For more information about the Web service, look for the Billing Document - Create SOAP API under https://api.sap.com/ APIs SAP S/4HANA Cloud Artifacts .

For more information about billing documents, look for the section Billing Documents under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Sales Order and Contract Management Billing and Invoicing .







4.1.4.2 New SOAP API for Billing Document Requests (Create)

This inbound, SOAP-based Web service enables external consumers to create billing document requests in your SAP S/4HANA Cloud system. Persisting external billing data in the form of billing document requests (rather than feeding the data into billing document creation directly) has the advantage of allowing billing data from multiple internal and external sources to be converged into a single, combined invoice.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1MC (Convergent Billing)



See Also


For more information about the Web service, look for the Billing Document Request - Create SOAP API under https://api.sap.com/ APIs SAP S/4HANA Cloud Artifacts .

For more information about billing document requests, look for the section Billing Document Requests under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Sales Order and Contract Management Billing and Invoicing .

4.1.4.3 New OData API for Billing Document Requests (Read, Reject, Delete)

This inbound OData service enables external systems and other consumers to read, reject, and delete billing document requests inside your SAP S/4HANA Cloud system data through API calls. You can use it to let external systems retrieve billing document request data from your SAP S/4HANA Cloud system, to change the status of billing document requests to rejected, and to delete unneeded billing document requests. The service contains header, item, business partner, and pricing element nodes that provide access to the corresponding business object data.


Sales




Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1MC (Convergent Billing)



See Also

See Also

For more information about the Web service, look for the Read Billing Document Requests - Read, Reject, Delete OData API under https://api.sap.com/ APIs SAP S/4HANA Cloud Artifacts .

For more information about billing document requests, look for the section Billing Document Requests under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Sales Order and Contract Management Billing and Invoicing .

4.1.4.4 Changed OData API for Billing Documents (Read, Cancel)

The functionality of this OData Web service has been expanded. It now enables its consumers to cancel billing documents in your SAP S/4HANA Cloud system. To reflect this change (and due to a new naming convention), the title has been changed from Read Billing Documents to Billing Document - Read, Cancel.

In addition, you can now extend the service with your own custom fields in the Custom Fields and Logic app.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1Z6 (External Billing)






See Also


For more information about billing documents, look for the section Billing Documents under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Sales Order and Contract Management Billing and Invoicing .

4.1.4.5 Enterprise Search for Preliminary Billing Documents

You can now use the Enterprise Search to search for preliminary billing documents using a wide range of search criteria (such as document number, billing type, sales organization, status, item description and reference).

From the search results, you can branch directly to the preliminary billing document object page and the following related apps:

● Create Preliminary Billing Documents● Manage Preliminary Billing Documents● Change Preliminary Billing Documents● Display Preliminary Billing Documents

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item Optional for BD9 (Sell from Stock) and J14 (Sales Order Processing - Project-Based Services)




Sales




See Also

For more information about preliminary billing documents, look for the section Preliminary Billing Documents under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Sales Order and Contract ManagementBilling and Invoicing .

4.1.4.6 Manage Preliminary Billing Documents

The status handling for preliminary billing documents has been improved. Preliminary billing documents can now have one of the following four statuses: in progress (new), rejected, finalized (new), or completed.

To facilitate the new approach to status handling, two new buttons for changing the status of preliminary billing documents to finalized or to in progress have been added to the app's user interface.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item Optional in BD9 (Sell from Stock), J14 (Sales Order Processing - Project-Based Services)



See Also

For more information about the Manage Preliminary Billing Documents app, look for the section Manage Preliminary Billing Documents under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Sales Order and Contract Management Billing and Invoicing Preliminary Billing Documents .

4.1.4.7 Change Preliminary Billing Documents

In this app, you can now add billing items from any SD document in the billing due list to an existing preliminary billing document. For this to work, the business-related header fields and header business partners of the SD document and the existing preliminary billing document must match. You can use this method to add the items of




as many suitable billable SD documents to your existing preliminary billing document as you want. To do so, simply use the new button for adding billable SD documents that has been implemented on the app's user interface.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item Optional for BD9 (Sell from Stock)

J14 (Sales Order Processing - Project-Based Services)



See Also

For more information about the Change Preliminary Billing Documents app, look for the section Change Preliminary Billing Documents under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Sales Order and Contract Management Billing and Invoicing Preliminary Billing Documents .

4.1.4.8 Extensibility for Preliminary Billing Document Apps

This feature enables you to extend the Manage Preliminary Billing Documents app and the Preliminary Billing Document object page according to your business needs.

In the Custom Fields and Logic app, you can add custom fields to these apps by using the business contexts Sales: Billing Document and Sales: Billing Document Item.

Technical Details





Sales




See Also

For more information about extending the mentioned apps, look for the App Extensibility:<...> topics underneath the relevant app descriptions under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Sales Order and Contract Management Billing and Invoicing Preliminary Billing Documents .

For more information about extensibility in general, look for the section Extensibility under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Generic Information General Functions for the Key User .

4.1.4.9 Manage Billing Documents

When viewing billing document items in detail (after navigating down to item level), you can now choose to display the configuration details of items that have been configured using advanced variant configuration.

Also note that when you output billing documents that include advanced variant configuration items, you can now output advanced variant configuration characteristics (for example, product color) and characteristic values (for example, blue) in various languages. For each output form language, the correct texts for both characteristic variables are determined automatically. If the texts are not available in the selected language, the technical names are printed.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1YT (Make-to-Order Production with Variant Configuration)

21D (Make-to-Stock Production with Variant Configuration)

BD9 (Sell from Stock)







See Also

For more information about the Manage Billing Documents app, look for the section Manage Billing Documents under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Sales Order and Contract ManagementBilling and Invoicing Billing Documents .

4.1.4.10 Process Flow for Billing Document Cancellations

With this feature, you now display the associated process flow for every billing document cancellation. The process flow provides an overview of the complete sales process leading up to the billing document cancellation, and also includes the subsequent journal entry (if one exists). You can view this process flow by displaying the billing document cancellation using either the Billing Document object page or the more detailed display function of the Manage Billing Documents app.

Technical Details






See Also

For more information about the Manage Billing Documents app, look for the section Manage Billing Documents under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Sales Order and Contract ManagementBilling and Invoicing Billing Documents .

For more information about the Billing Document object page, look for the section Billing Document under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Sales Order and Contract Management Billing and Invoicing Billing Documents .

4.1.5 Claims, Returns, and Refund Management


Sales









Technical Details







See Also



Sales


4.1.5.2 Manage Customer Returns

With this feature, you can now select Ship to Supplier as a possible follow-up activity, in addition to Receive into Plant, Direct Shipment to Supplier, Inspection at Customer Site, Material Remains at Customer Site. You can also view relevant inspection documents in the Process Flow.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item BKP (Accelerated Customer Returns)

Application Component SD-SLS-RE



In SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1711, the SAP_SD_BC_RETURNS_PROC_PC business catalog replaced the SAP_SD_BC_RETURNS_PROC_MC business catalog. As of SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805, the SAP_SD_BC_RETURNS_PROC_MC business catalog has been deleted. Therefore, you need to reassign your roles and users to the SAP_SD_BC_RETURNS_PROC_PC business catalog immediately by using the app Business Catalogs. Note that you must reconfigure any extensibility settings you made for the Manage Customer Returns app.

See Also

For more information on the Manage Customer Returns application, look for the relevant section under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Sales Order and Contract Management Claims, Returns, and Refund Management .






Technical Details






Additional Details


● Manage Sales Quotations● Manage Sales Contracts● Manage Debit Memo Requests● Manage Credit Memo Requests


4.1.6 Sales Monitoring and Analytics

4.1.6.1 CDS Views for Sales Monitoring and Analytics

You can look at all released CDS views and their fields in detail by using the View Browser app.

You can design your own queries based on these released CDS views by using the Custom Analytical Queries app.


Sales

Technical Details






See Also

For more information about the CDS views for analytics, choose the relevant view names in the section Sales Monitoring and Analytics under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Generic Information

Analytics CDS Views CDS Views for Sales .

For more information about the View Browser app, look for the section View Browser under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Generic Information Analytics .

For more information about the Custom Analytical Queries app, look for the section Custom Analytical Queries under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Generic Information General Functions for the Key User Extensibility .

4.1.6.2 Sales Contract Fulfillment Rates - Currently Valid

With this app, you can now view contract fulfillment rates according to a new dimension Sales Employee. You can list contracts with details such as target value, fulfillment rate, and percentage of elapsed time over contract validity period.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1BS (SAP Fiori Analytical Apps for Sales)








See Also

For more information about this app, look for the section Sales Contract Fulfillment Rates - Currently Valid under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Sales Order and Contract Management Sales Monitoring and Analytics .

4.1.6.3 Incoming Sales Orders - Flexible Analysis

With this app, you can now analyze sales order item quantity that has been confirmed for shipping.

Technical Details




Application Component SD-SLS-SO (Sales Orders)


See Also

For more information about this app, look for the section Incoming Sales Orders - Flexible Analysis under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Sales Order and Contract Management Sales Monitoring and Analytics .

4.1.6.4 Track Sales Order Details

“In SAP S/4 HANA Cloud 1802, you were able to display status details for sales documents with issues.

In SAP S/4 HANA Cloud 1805, you can resolve issues directly from the Track Sales Order Details app, for example, by removing a delivery block.


Sales




The issue status is represented by colors, giving you a quick overview of the criticality of a sales order.

Technical Details




Application Component SAP-SLS-SO (Sales Orders)


See Also

For more information about Track Sales Order Details, seehttp://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Sales Order and Contract Management Sales Monitoring and Analytics Track Sales Orders .

4.1.6.5 App Extensibility: Track Sales Order Details

This feature enables you to extend the Track Sales Order Details app according to your business needs.

In the Custom Fields and Logic app, you can add custom fields to the Track Sales Order Details app by using the business contexts Sales: Sales Document Item, Sales: Billing Document Item, Shipping: Delivery Item, and Purchasing Document Item.

Technical Details




Application Component SD-SLS-SO (Sales Orders)




See Also

For more information about extending the mentioned apps, look for the App Extensibility:<...> topic underneath the relevant app description under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805> Product Assistance Sales Order and Contract Management Sales Monitoring and Analytics Track Sales Orders .

For more information about extensibility in general, look for the section Extensibility under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805> Product Assistance Generic Information General Functions for the Key User .

4.1.6.6 Manage Duplicate Sales Documents

You search according to various criteria, such as creation period, sales document, sales document category, sales organization, sold-to party, created by, and overall status.

Technical Details




Application Component SD-SLS-GF


Additional Details

See Also

For more information about the CDS views for basic functions in Sales, choose the relevant view names in the section CDS Views for Sales underhttp://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Sales Order and Contract Management Sales Monitoring and Analytics .

4.1.6.7 Sales Documents with Customer-Expected Price

This feature enables you to manually adjust the net price within the app on the Accept Customer-Expected Price screen. You do this if you want to accept the customer-expected price. Depending on the condition type, you


Sales





compare and adjust the net price with the price condition for the customer-expected price or the price condition for the customer-expected value. The customer-expected value is a variant of the customer-expected price and is defined as the value that the customer is willing to pay for the whole order quantity of the sales document item.

Once you have saved the adjusted net price, the corresponding sales document item is deleted from the list.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 2EL(Integration of SAP S/4HANA Sales with Procurement)



Additional Details

As of this release, the following terminology for this app has been changed:

● Customer expected price -> Customer-expected price● Customer expected value -> Customer-expected value● Discard customer price -> Decline customer price

.

4.1.6.8 New Key Performance Indicators

The key performance indicators Net Profit Margin and Credit Memo Profit Margin are now available for the Sales Volume - Credit Memos and Sales Volume - Profit Margin apps. For more information, see the Additional Details section below.




Application Component SD



Additional Details

The following Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) are new:

New KPIs

KPI Description Affected App(s)

Net Profit Margin The total profit margin of invoiced sales minus the total profit margin of credit memos achieved during a specific period. This is based on customer invoices and credit memos that have not been canceled

Sales Volume - Credit Memos

Sales Volume - Profit Margin

Credit Memo Profit Margin The difference between credit memo and costs

Sales Volume - Credit Memos

Sales Volume - Profit Margin

See Also

For more information about the KPIs and the corresponding apps, seehttp://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805Product Assistance Sales Order and Contract Management Sales Monitoring and Analytics .

4.1.7 Destruction Objects

You can now destroy data using the following data destruction objects in the ILM Data Destruction app:

Destruction Object Description

SD_CAMPAIGN_DESTRUCTION Use to destroy campaigns.

SD_FREE_GOODS_DESTRUCTION Use to destroy free goods.

SD_MAT_DETERM_DESTRUCTION Use to destroy material determinations.

SD_MAT_LIST_EXCL_DESTRUCTION Use to destroy material listing and exclusions.

SD_SALESPLAN_DESTRUCTION Use to destroy sales plans.


Sales


Technical Details



Application Component SD-BF (Basic Functions)

SD-BF-FG (Free Goods)

SD-MD-MM-DET (Material Determination)

SD-MD-MM-LIS (Material Listing / Exclusion)

SD-SLS (Sales)


See Also

For more information about these destruction objects, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance SAP S/4HANA Cloud Sales Order and Contract Management Data Management in Sales .


4.2.1 Analytics for Sales: Central Stock with Returns

Use

This scope item provides sales-related Core Data Services (CDS) views to leverage extensibility and reporting functionality.



Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2QS

Scope Item is New





See also


4.2.2 Predictive Analytics Model Training - Sales

Use

With this scope item, you can utilize the embedded predictive analytics functionality in the SAP S/4HANA Sales scenarios.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2YJ

Scope Item is New



Sales


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2QS




See also


4.2.3 Accelerated Customer Returns

Use

The scope item now includes the following: Part 3: Return of goods to supplier via the seller.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item BKP






http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2YJ



See also


4.2.4 Extended Intercompany Processes for Sales

Use

The scope item now includes the following: New SSCUIs are available to set up Intercompany Sales:

● Assign Sales Area to Plant● Define Business Partner for Company Code● Assign Sales Organization/Distribution Channel to Plant

Details are described in the Setup Guides for intercompany being available in SAP Activate Realize phase.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 1WO





Sales


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2FBKP



See also


4.2.5 Intercompany Sales Order Processing - Domestic

Use




Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 1HO






http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F1WO



See also


4.2.6 Convergent Billing

Use

The scope item now includes the following: You can create billing documents with external data via Excel upload.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 1MC


Country Dependency Saudi Arabia, Austria, Australia, Belgium, Canada, Switzerland, China, Germany, Denmark, Spain, France, Great Britain, Hong Kong, Hungary, Indonesia, Ireland, India, Italy, Japan, South Korea, Luxembourg, Malaysia, Netherlands, Norway, New Zealand, Philippines, Sweden, Singapore, Taiwan, United States of America, South Africa





Sales


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F1HO


See also


4.2.7 Intercompany Process for Customer Returns

Use




Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2F4







http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F1MC


See also


4.2.8 Customer Consignment

Use

The scope item now includes the following: The new SB - Special Stock Partner function is available for consignment processes.

The special stock partner has been defined for carrying out consignment stock processing by means of a third party rather than the customer. This means you can manage all special stock under one partner. It makes sense to use the special stock partner if your customer is using decentralized order processing but manages consignment stock centrally.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 1IU







Sales

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2F4


See also


4.2.9 Electronic Payment

Use

The scope item now includes the following: Cancellation of credit card authorization.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 1Z1






See also



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F1IU


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F1Z1

4.2.10 Sell from Stock

Use

The scope item now includes the following: This scope item now also works with variant configuration. For more information and to get a list of SD relevant scope items that are enabled for variant configuration, see the Make-to-Order Production with Variant Configuration (1YT) scope item.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item BD9






See also



Sales


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2FBD9

4.2.11 Integration of SAP S/4HANA Sales with Procurement

Use

The scope item now includes the following: Mapping to IDoc is provided as iFlow on the SAP Cloud Platform Integration

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2EL






See also




http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2EL

4.2.12 Sales Order Processing with Customer Down Payment

Use

The scope item now includes the following: The billing plan is now assigned per default to the sales order type. Users can enter values on the header level that are then distributed proportionally down to the items that are billing plan relevant.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item BKJ






See also



Sales


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2FBKJ

4.2.13 Intercompany Sales Order Processing - International

Use




Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 1MX






See also




http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F1MX

4.2.14 Integration with Third-Party Sales Force Automation System

Use


● Deletion of sales order items are replicated from third party system into SAP S/4 HANA Cloud

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 1QI






See also



Sales


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F1QI

4.2.15 Free Goods Processing

Use

The scope item now includes the following: Bundling functionality for IFRS15, see SAP Note 2524569.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item BKA






See also




http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2FBKA

4.2.16 Third-Party Warehouse Management System Integration

Use

The scope item now includes the following: All processes described in this scope item are now also working with batch-managed materials

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 1ZQ






See also





Sales


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F1ZQ

5 Sourcing and Procurement

5.1 Self-Service Configuration UIs

In Sourcing and Procurement, several new self-service configuration UIs (SSC UIs) - also referred to as configuration steps - are available in the Manage Your Solution app. They affect the areas of master data, operational purchasing, invoice processing, output control, and integration.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item See tables below

Application Component MM-PUR (Purchasing)


Additional Details

The following tables provide an overview of the SSC apps - also referred to as configuration items - containing the new SSC UIs. The tables also indicate what you can do with them and in which scope items the SSC UIs are used.

New Self-Service Configuration UIs for Master Data

Name of Configuration Item Name of New SSC UI Used in Scope Item What You Can Do

Pricing Define Schema Groups for Suppliers

J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials), BNX (Consumable Purchasing), 22Z (Procurement of Services), 18J (Requisitioning)

Define schema groups for your suppliers and purchasing organizations, and assign schema groups to purchasing organizations.

Pricing Define Schema Groups for Purchasing Organizations

Pricing Assign Schema Groups to Purchasing Organizations

What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805Sourcing and Procurement P U B L I C 237


Pricing Determine Calculation Schema for Standard Purchase Orders

Assign calculation schemas to specific purchasing transactions.

Pricing Determine Calculation Schema for Determination of Market Price

New Self-Service Configuration UIs for Operational Purchasing


Purchase Order Processing Set Tolerance Limits for Price Variance

J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials), BNX (Consumable Purchasing), 22Z (Procurement of Services), 18J (Requisitioning)

Define the tolerance limits for price variances.

Confirmations Set Up Confirmation Control 2XT (Central Purchasing) Define the confirmation control keys and specify the confirmation sequence.

Account Assignment Define Combination of Item Categories/Account Assignment Categories

J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials)

Maintain combinations of item categories and account assignment categories.

Taxes Set Tax Indicator for Material J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials)

Maintain the tax indicators that you want to assign to materials.

New Self-Service Configuration UIs for Invoice Processing


Incoming Invoice Customer-Specific Message Categories (Area M8)

18J (Requisitioning), J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials), BNX (Consumable Purchasing), 22Z (Procurement of Services)

For area M8 (Invoice Verifica-tion/Valuation), define the message type (Information, Warning, Error, No message), dependent on the user.

Incoming Invoice Customer-Specific Message Categories (Area M8_2)

For area M8_2 (Logistics Invoice Verification), define the message type (Information, Warning, Error, No message), dependent on the user.


Sourcing and Procurement

New Self-Service Configuration UIs for General Settings


Output Control Define Texts for Purchase Order

J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials), BNX (Consumable Purchasing), 22Z (Procurement of Services)

Define the text types that are relevant for purchase order messages.

Output Control Define Change Texts Adapt the change texts to suit your specific requirements.

Output Control Fields Relevant to Printouts of Changes

Define which fields trigger a new printout for purchase orders in case of changes.

New Self-Service Configuration UIs for Integration


Procurement Hub Maintain Condition Type Mapping for Purchasing Documents

2NV (SAP Ariba Guided Buying Integration)

Map the conditions for central purchase contracts in the SAP S/4HANA Hub system with the conditions for central purchase contracts in the back-end systems.

Procurement Hub Activate Central Settings for Purchase Orders

2XT (Central Purchasing) Activate central approval. This means that purchase orders created in SAP ERP or SAP S/4HANA back-end systems will be sent to the SAP S/4HANA hub system for approval.

Smart Enterprise Intelligence Define Machine Learning Scenarios

2XV (Proposal of Material Group), 2XW (Proposal of new Catalog Item)

Activate the following machine learning scenarios in SAP S/4HANA Cloud:

● Propose Material Group● Propose New Catalog

Item

Integration with Suppliers Configure Program Parameters

2EJ (Integration of SAP S/4HANA Cloud Procurement with Suppliers)

Configure the program parameters for the InvoiceRequest_In SOAP service (namespace: http://sap.com/xi/EDI).

This SSC UI replaces the SSC UI SOA Service: Enter Program Parameters.



Integration with Suppliers Assign Program Parameters 2EJ (Integration of SAP S/4HANA Cloud Procurement with Suppliers)

Assign the configuration ID to the corresponding invoicing party for the InvoiceRequest_In SOAP service (namespace: http://sap.com/xi/EDI).

This SSC UI replaces the SSC UI SOA Service: Enter Program Parameters.

5.2 Workflow Features in Sourcing and Procurement

With this feature, you can now use enhanced workflow functionality, such as adding approval notes. In addition, two new workflow apps are available for Central Procurement.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 22Z (Procurement of Services), J13 (Service and Material Procurement - Project-Based Services), J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials), 18J (Requisitioning), 2LG (Supplier Consignment), 2XT (Central Purchasing), BMD (Purchase Contract), BMR (Scheduling Agreements in Procurement), BMY (Subcontracting), BNX (Consumable Purchasing), 2LH (Automated Invoice Settlement), 2NY (Scheduling Agreement for Consignment Procurement), 2NX (Scheduling Agreement for Subcontracting Procurement), 1XI (Central Requisitioning), 2ME (Central Contract Processing)

Application Component MM-PUR


Additional Details

The following new workflow features are available for Sourcing and Procurement:



● The Agent Determination by BAdI function has been enhanced to support the multi-step approval process● As a purchasing manager, you can now do the following while processing a work item in the app My Inbox:

○ add approval notes that will be displayed to other approvers○ see document attachments

● The following new apps are available for Central Procurement:○ Manage Workflows for Centrally Managed Purchase Orders○ Manage Workflows for Central Purchase Contracts

See Also

For more information about the new apps, please refer to the following topics:

● Manage Workflows for Centrally Managed Purchase Orders [page 275]● Manage Workflows for Central Purchase Contracts [page 272]

5.3 APIs for Integration with Sourcing and Procurement

5.3.1 New SOAP APIs for Purchase Requisitions

The following services are available for the integration of external systems with Sourcing and Procurement in SAP S/4HANA for purchase requisitions: Purchase Requisition - Create, Update and Purchase Requisition - Send Status Update Notification.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 22K (SAP Fieldglass - Service Procurement Integration)

Application Component MM-PUR-REQ


Additional Details

The SOAP services for the integration of purchase requisitions can be used as follows:


● Purchase Requisition - Create, Update (PurchaseRequisitionRequest_In)This service enables external consumers to create and update purchase requisitions in the SAP S/4HANA system. This inbound service is based on SOAP, and can be consumed in apps and on other user interfaces.

● Purchase Requisition - Send Status Update Notification (PurchaseRequesitionStatusNotification_Out)This outbound service enables you to send status notifications to an external system from the SAP S/4HANA system if certain changes that are relevant for the business process have been made to a purchase requisition. The notifications are sent upon creation, blocking, and deletion of the purchase requisitions. Furthermore, messages are sent to notify the external consumer about completion and release status changes. The external consumer receives notifications about any changes to the processing status of the purchase requisition. You can use this service only for purchase requisitions that were created via the inbound web service for purchase requisition creation (Purchase Requisition– Create). This outbound service is based on SOAP, and can be consumed in apps and on other user interfaces.

Services

Service Name Technical Name Used in Scope Item

Purchase Requisition - Create, Update PurchaseRequisitionRequest_In

22K (SAP Fieldglass - Service Procurement Integration)

Purchase Requisition - Send Status Update Notification

PurchaseRequesitionStatusNotification_Out

22K (SAP Fieldglass - Service Procurement Integration)

See Also

These interfaces are also available in the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/ ).

5.3.2 New SOAP APIs for Purchase Orders

For transferring purchase orders, purchase order history information, and order confirmations to external systems, the following SOAP services are available: Purchase Order - Send, Update, Cancel (OrderRequest_Out); Purchase Order - Notify About Update of Item History (PurchaseOrderItemHistoryNotification_Out); Order Confirmation - Receive (OrderConfirmation_Request_In)

Technical Details






Used in Scope Item See table below

Application Component MM-PUR (Purchase Orders)


Additional Details

The SOAP services for the integration of purchase orders can be used as follows:

● Purchase Order - Send, Update, Cancel (OrderRequest_Out)With this outbound service, your system can send purchase orders to your suppliers in an asynchronous call. In the order, you can prompt your supplier to send an order confirmation back that you can receive with the inbound service "Order Confirmation - Receive".

● Purchase Order - Notify About Update of Item History (PurchaseOrderItemHistoryNotification_Out)This service enables you to send notifications to an external system when changes to the purchase order history of an item have occurred. This is the case when a goods receipt or a supplier invoice has been created for the purchase order item. A prerequisite for using this service is that the purchase requisitions on which the purchase order items are based were created using the oData service Process Purchase Requisition (API_PURCHASEREQ_PROCESS_SRV). The reason for this prerequisite is that the notifications are sent to the external system that called the API Process Purchase Requisition to create the purchase requisitions.

● Order Confirmation - Receive (OrderConfirmation_Request_In)With this inbound service, your system can electronically receive order confirmations from your suppliers.

Services


Purchase Order - Send, Update, Cancel OrderRequest_Out 2EJ (Integration of SAP S/4HANA Cloud Procurement with Suppliers)

Purchase Order - Notify About Update of Item History

PurchaseOrderItemHistoryNotification_Out

2NV (SAP Ariba Guided Buying Integration)

Order Confirmation - Receive OrderConfirmation_Request_In

2EJ (Integration of SAP S/4HANA Cloud Procurement with Suppliers)

See Also

These interfaces are also available in the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/ .



Related Information

SAP Ariba Guided Buying Integration [page 381]Integration of SAP S/4HANA Procurement Cloud with Suppliers [page 382]

5.3.3 New SOAP APIs for Service Entry Sheets

The following services are available for the integration of external systems with Sourcing and Procurement in SAP S/4HANA for service entry sheets: Service Entry Sheet - Create and Service Entry Sheet - Send Status Update Notification.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 22Z (Procurement of Services)

Application Component MM-PUR-SVC


Additional Details

The SOAP services for the integration of service entry sheets can be used as follows:

● Service Entry Sheet - Create, Delete (ServiceEntrySheetRequest_In)This inbound service enables you to create and delete service entry sheets from the external system in the SAP S/4HANA system. This inbound service is based on SOAP, and can be consumed in apps and on other user interfaces.

● Service Entry Sheet - Send Status Update Notification (ServiceEntrySheetStsNotif_Out)This outbound service enables you to send the status update notifications from the SAP S/4HANA system to an external system if certain changes that are relevant for the business process have been made to a service entry sheet. Notifications are sent upon creation and deletion of the service entry sheets. Furthermore, messages are sent to notify the external consumer about changes of the approval status of the service entry sheets. You can use this service only for service entry sheets that were created via the inbound web service for service entry sheet creation (Service Entry Sheet – Create, Delete). This outbound service is based on SOAP, and can be consumed in apps and on other user interfaces.



Services


Service Entry Sheet - Create ServiceEntrySheetRequest_In 22Z (Procurement of Services)

Service Entry Sheet - Send Status Update Notification

ServiceEntrySheetStsNotif_Out

22Z (Procurement of Services)

See Also


5.3.4 New SOAP API for Inbound Deliveries

The inbound SOAP service Inbound Delivery - Create (DeliveryRequest_In) enables you to create an inbound delivery based on an incoming notification that announces the arrival of ordered material. On the sender's side, a corresponding outbound service is available: Outbound Delivery - Notify.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 2EJ (Integration of SAP S/4HANA Cloud Procurement with Suppliers)

Application Component LE-SHP-GF-ES (Enterprise Services in Shipping)


See Also





Related Information

Integration of SAP S/4HANA Procurement Cloud with Suppliers [page 382]

5.3.5 New SOAP API for Supplier Invoices

The inbound SOAP service Supplier Invoice - Create, Update (InvoiceRequest_In) is intended for business-to-business (B2B) communication. It enables you to electronically receive invoices from your suppliers. Supplier invoices can reference purchase orders, but it is not technically required.

Technical Details




Application Component MM-IV-LIV (Logistics Invoice Verification)


See Also


Related Information

Integration of SAP S/4HANA Procurement Cloud with Suppliers [page 382]

5.3.6 Changed OData API for Supplier Invoices

This OData Service is now enhanced by the new service node A_SuplrInvcHeaderWhldgTaxType cantaining the withholding tax fields for the invoice document to be created.




Technical Details



Used in Scope Item J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials)

Application Component MM-IV-LIV (Logistics Invoice Verification)


See Also


5.3.7 New OData API for Supplier Evaluation

This feature enables you to request the supplier evaluation hard facts score from the SAP S/4HANA system. These hard facts are based on the quantitative assessments, that is, the price of the delivered materials, delivery time, quality and quantity of the materials. This service is based on the OData protocol and can be consumed by apps and other user interfaces.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item SL4 (Supplier Evaluation and Performance Monitoring)

Application Component MM-PUR-FIO-ANA


See Also





5.4 Sourcing and Contract Management

5.4.1 Source Assignment

5.4.1.1 Manage Catalog Items

This existing app has been enhanced as follows:

You can now use the Activate and Deactivate buttons to control the usage of catalog items (within a catalog). Catalog item images are now displayed in the object page. You can manage catalog item images with a link (in a specific pattern), in the General Information section of the object page. Purchasers are automatically notified about the possibility of creating a catalog item, based on the number of free-text orders for that item. Based on the recommendations provided by the system, purchasers can create the corresponding catalog item.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1I5 (Master Data Catalog for SAP S/4HANA Cloud)

Application Component MM-PUR-SQ


5.4.1.2 Manage Catalog Item Recommendations

With this app, you can view and manage catalog item recommendations proposed by SAP Leonardo. SAP Leonardo algorithms analyze the purchasing documents created with free-text items in the past to generate proposals. You can then confirm or reject the proposals as required. As a result, your organization can reduce free-text item purchases.



Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 2XW (Proposal of new Catalog Item)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-REQ-SSP


See Also

For more information about the Manage Catalog Item Recommendations app, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Sourcing and Procurement Sourcing and Contract ManagementSource Assignment Manage Catalog Item Recommendations .

5.4.1.3 Business Catalog for Manage Purchasing Info Records

Changes to the business catalog delivered for the Manage Purchasing Info Records app require you to recheck the business catalog assigned to your business role. Instead of using the business catalog Materials Management – Purchase orders (SAP_MM_BC_PO_PROCESS_PC), you must now use the business catalog Materials Management – Sources of Supply (SAP_MM_BC_SOS_PROCESS_PC).

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item BHD (Create Purchasing Info Record)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-IR





5.4.1.4 Monitor Purchasing Info Record Price History


Price variation through purchase orders as well as purchasing info records is now available.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item BHD (Create Purchasing Info Record)

Application Component MM-PUR-VM-REC


5.4.1.5 Subcontracting Cockpit


Purchase orders and scheduling agreements are now shown as purchasing documents. The Post Goods Issue link has been added for creating and posting goods issues. Users can now use a dialog to perform goods issue for the components.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item BMY (Subcontracting)

Application Component MM-IM




5.4.1.6 Monitor Materials Without Contract

This feature enables you to easily check materials with a high spend and with a high number of purchase order items. Based on the available information, you can identify those materials that are purchased frequently or in large amounts but have no contract assignment. If you decide that a contract is needed for these materials, you can directly create an RFQ from within the app, check the supplier quotations, and create a contract as a follow-on document.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 30W (Proposal of Options for Materials without Purchase Contract)

Application Component MM-PUR-RFQ


5.4.1.7 Manage RFQs

This feature enables you to maintain the delivery address for each item you want to purchase. By default, the address of the selected plant is used as the delivery address. You can enter a different delivery address either by selecting the desired address from the input help list, or by typing it directly into the Delivery Address field.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1XF (Request for Price)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-RFQ



5.4.1.8 Manage Supplier Quotations

This feature enables you to award a supplier quotation and immediately create a follow-on document, which can be either a purchase order or a purchase contract. Manual creation of the follow-on document from within a supplier quotation is only possible for the quotations that were received for the RFQs of the type Internal Sourcing Request (RQ) and External Price Request (RSI).

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1XF (Request for Price)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-RFQ


5.4.1.9 App Extensibility: Manage Scheduling Agreements

This feature enables you to extend the Manage Scheduling Agreements app according to your business needs. You can implement logic for the Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) Cloud BADI for SA check, Cloud BADI for SA modify Header, and Cloud BADI for SA modify Item.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item BMR (Scheduling Agreements in Procurement)

Application Component MM-PUR-OA-SCH (Scheduling Agreement)




See Also

For more information, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Sourcing and Procurement Sourcing and Contract Management Source Assignment Manage Scheduling AgreementsApp Extensibility: Manage Scheduling Agreements .


5.4.2 Purchase Contract Management

5.5 Operational Procurement

5.5.1 Create Purchase Requisition

This app now enables you to do the following:

● If the Proposal of Material Group scope item has been activated, the following applies: when you enter a short description, a list of material groups is proposed. The proposal is based on purchasing documents created in the past.

● If you are using Central Procurement, you can now do the following:○ Materials without sources of supply in the back-end system can also be found by the cross-catalog search.

You can now use these materials for requisitioning.○ You can order items for a different plant and company code. However, you can only select plants and

company codes relevant for the SAP ERP system that has been assigned to you.

Technical Details






Used in Scope Item 18J (Requisitioning)

1XI (Central Requisitioning)



See Also

For more information about the Create Purchase Requisition app, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Sourcing and Procurement Operational Procurement Self-Service Requisitioning

Create Purchase Requisition .

5.5.2 Manage Workflows for Purchase Requisitions

With this app, you can now do the following:

● Select the precondition Net amount is equal to or greater than for item-level release of a purchase requisition● Define workflow recipients using a user-based assignment● Select whether the workflow step is to be completed by one or all of the recipients

In addition, certain critical changes you apply to the purchase requisition using the Manage Purchase Requisition-Professional or Create Purchase Requisition apps will retrigger the workflow.

Technical Details




Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-REL





See Also

For more information about the Manage Workflows for Purchase Requisitions app, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Sourcing and Procurement Operational Procurement Self-Service Requisitioning Manage Workflows for Purchase Requisitions .

5.5.3 My Purchase Requisitions

With this app, you can now do the following:

● In a central requisitioning scenario, you can still edit an approved purchase requisition in this app even if replication of the purchase requisition created in the SAP S/4HANA hub system to the back-end system fails. You can also edit the plant and company code.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1XI (Central Requisitioning)

18J (Requisitioning)



See Also

For more information about the My Purchase Requisitions app, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Sourcing and Procurement Operational Procurement Self-Service Requisitioning My

Purchase Requisitions .

5.5.4 Schedule Import of Catalog Data

With this app, you can now synchronize end of purpose information for purchase requisitions in the SAP S/4HANA hub system based on the corresponding information in connected SAP ERP or SAP S/4HANA back-end systems.





Technical Details




1XI (Central Requisitioning)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-CA-OCI


See Also

For more information about the Schedule Import of Catalog Data app, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Sourcing and Procurement Operational Procurement Schedule Import of Catalog

Data .

5.5.5 Manage Purchase Requisitions - Professional

With this app you can now do the following:

● Re-start the approval process when you edit a purchase requisition● Add a limit material to a purchase requisition

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item BMD (Purchase Contract)

Application Component MM-PUR-FIO-REQ





5.5.6 Replacement of Apps: Settings for Release Strategy and Settings for Release Strategy Classes

The flexible workflow features available for approval of purchase requisitions in the Manage Workflows for Purchase Requisitions app replace the release strategy feature available for approval of purchase requisitions in the Settings for Release Strategy and Settings for Release Strategy Classes apps.

You can use the features provided by the flexible workflow when you call up the Manage Workflows for Purchase Requisitions app. The flexible workflow enables you to optimize the approval process. You can use either the automatic, one-step, or even multi-step approval.

SAP strongly recommends that you switch to the flexible workflow for purchase requisitions as soon as possible. As of SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1808, the Settings for Release Strategy and Settings for Release Strategy Classes apps will no longer be supported.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item BMD (BH3)

18J (Requisitioning)

Application Component MM-PUR-GF-REL


5.5.7 Skill: Smart Buying

With this feature, you can use SAP CoPilot to quickly and easily create a purchase requisition for an item you want to order. As a first step, ask SAP CoPilot to show you the catalog items in a specific material group – for example, notebook. You can then filter the items by indicating the price or supplier. As soon as SAP CoPilot has found the catalog item you need, tell SAP CoPilot which item you want to order and it will process the request for you

Technical Details







See Also

For more information about the Smart Buying skill, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Sourcing and Procurement Operational Procurement Self-Service Requisitioning Skill: Smart Buying .

5.5.8 Mass Changes to Purchase Orders

This feature enables you to simultaneously change fields across multiple purchase orders. You can change the purchase order header and purchase order item for multiple purchase orders.


In the Mass Edit dialog, a new button Simulate Job has been added. Click Simulate Job and enter a description in the dialog, to identify a specific job. Click the Simulation Jobs link to navigate to the Monitor Mass Changes app. The Monitor Mass Changes application has been created to view the simulation jobs. You can also perform a mass update of delivery schedule lines, along with purchase orders and purchase order items. In the Mass Edit dialog, there is a new drop-down, where you can set new values or leave blank.

NoteLeave blank is meant for the relevant fields only.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 2QU (Purchase Order Visibility and Procurement Spend)

Application Component MM-PUR-PO





5.5.9 Subcontracting Cockpit


Purchase orders and scheduling agreements are now shown as purchasing documents. The Post Goods Issue link has been added for creating and posting goods issues. Users can now use a dialog to perform goods issue for the components.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item BMY (Subcontracting)



5.5.10 Monitor Supplier Confirmations


A new situation type has been added. In this new situation type, you can now add conditions, based on your requirement. For example, instances can be created and new notifications can be sent. You can add or delete conditions, based on your requirement. Additionally, in Notification Settings, in the Secure Text, you can add a supplier to the situation count and pending supplier confirmations, so that users know that supplier confirmations from a particular supplier are pending. Refer the Situation Handling app document, for more information on how supplier confirmations are managed using situation types.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 2LG (Supplier Consignment)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-PO



5.5.11 Monitor Mass Changes

This feature enables you to view the simulation jobs that have been scheduled. You can view scheduled jobs, based on filter criteria such as status and job ID.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1R5 (Engineering Bill of Material - Mass Change)

Application Component MM-PUR-GF-MAS


5.5.12 Manage Purchase Orders

With this feature you can now create, edit and display additional information to your suppliers in the form of texts in the Notes section. You can also display the process flow to see the steps that were already performed in the procurement process. A simulation of the workflow is now available when you click Order: If no approver for the workflow is found, a warning message is displayed, and you cannot save the purchase order at all if no workflow can be determined. You can use the button Withdraw from Approval to cancel the approval process for a specific purchase order, provided that you have the required authorization for changing purchase orders. Furthermore, you can use the checkbox Info Record Update under the section Source of Supply.

Technical Details





Used in Scope Item 1FM (Quality Management in Procurement), 1LE (Invoice Processing by OpenText), 18J (Requisitioning), 2EJ (Integration of SAP S/4HANA Cloud Procurement with Suppliers), 2LH (Automated Invoice Settlement), 2R3 (Central Purchasing Organization), BNX (Consumable Purchasing), J13 (Service and Material Procurement - Project-Based Services), J82 (SAP Ariba Commerce Automation Integration), 22Z (Procurement of Services), J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials), 2LG (Supplier Consignment)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-PO


Additional Details

NotePlease note that you cannot edit texts containing formatting (SAPscript) using the Fiori app. Changing formatted texts that were created using the classic UI technology (SAP GUI for HTML) is not possible with the Fiori app.

5.5.13 Manage Service Entry Sheets - Lean Services

This feature now enables you to enter the Posting Date for Goods Receipt in the service entry sheet. You can also change the account assignment of the service entry sheet items. In case of multiple account assignment, you can specify the Account Assignment Distribution and distribute the costs by percentage, amount, or quantity. The button Cancel Approval has been renamed to Withdraw from Approval.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 22Z ( Procurement of Services), J13 (Service and Material Procurement - Project-Based Services)


Application Component MM-PUR-SVC-SES(Service Entry Sheet for Service Procurement)


Additional Details

● In the service entry sheet, you can enter the date that is to be used by the system as the posting date of the goods receipt document. The goods receipt is created automatically when the service entry sheet is approved, and the date is adopted in the goods receipt document.

● Enhanced options for account assignment and distribution in the service entry sheet: You can change the account assignment that was adopted from the purchase order item. If you record planned services in the service entry sheet (with reference to a purchase order standard item), you can maintain one or more account assignments, and, in the latter case, distribute the costs by percentage, amount, or quantity.

NotePlease consider: If you record unplanned services (with reference to a purchase order limit item), only single account assignment is possible.

● You can use the button Withdraw from Approval (formerly 'Cancel Approval') to cancel the approval process for a service entry sheet that has been sent for approval but has not yet been approved, provided that you have the required authorization for changing service entry sheets.

5.5.14 Replacement of Workflow Feature: Determination of Approver

The flexible workflow features available in the app Manage Workflows for Service Entry Sheets - Lean Services replace the approver determination within the app Manage Service Entry Sheets - Lean Services. The input field Personnel Number that you had to maintain to define the approver of the service entry sheet will no longer be available with SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1808.

Technical Details


Used in Scope Item 22Z ( Procurement of Services), J13 (Service and Material Procurement - Project-Based Services)



Application Component MM-PUR-SVC-SES(Service Entry Sheet for Service Procurement)


Additional Details

You can use the features provided by the flexible workflow when you call up the app Manage Workflows for Service Entry Sheets - Lean Services. The flexible workflow enables you to define your own approval process. You can use either the automatic, one-step, or even multi-step approval. The app also provides several options for determining the approver, such as the assignment of an approver by using a role, but you can also assign specific users or even teams as approvers.

SAP strongly recommends that you switch to the flexible workflow for service entry sheets as soon as possible. As of SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1808, the approver can no longer be defined using the app Manage Service Entry Sheets - Lean Services.


Once the flexible workflow has been activated, the approver of the service entry sheet is no longer maintained in the app Manage Service Entry Sheets - Lean Services. After the activation of the flexible workflow, the following cases may occur depending on the approval status of the service entry sheets that had already been created before the activation:

● The service entry sheet is in status In Process: You must remove the input from the field Personnel Number before you can send the service entry sheet for approval.

● The service entry sheet is in status In Approval: The person responsible (as defined in the field Personnel Number) can approve or reject the service entry sheet using the app My Inbox.

● The service entry sheet is in status Approved: The person responsible is no longer displayed in the app Manage Service Entry Sheets - Lean Services.


To activate the flexible workflow functionality, you must make the required settings using the configuration app Activate Flexible Workflow for Service Entry Sheets under Manage Your Solution Configure Your Solution .

5.6 Invoice Management


5.6.1 Manage Supplier Invoices

With this feature, you can now choose Service Entry Sheet - Lean Services as a reference document category for the supplier invoice. In addition, you can choose among several assignment options depending on the selected reference documents. For blocked invoice items, the system predicts whether the goods receipt will probably be on time for a cash discount.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials), BNX (Consumable Purchasing), 18J (Requisitioning), 22Z (Procurement of Services)

Application Component MM-FIO-IV (Fiori UI for Invoice Verification)


Additional Details

The following features are now available:

● Reference to service entry sheet in supplier invoice availableYou can choose Service Entry Sheet - Lean Services as a reference document category for the supplier invoice. You can search for service entry sheets by number or by reference purchase order. The items of the selected service entry sheets and their recorded quantities are transferred to the supplier invoice, and the corresponding purchase order items are displayed.

● Assignment OptionsYou can now choose among several assignment options depending on the selected reference documents. For purchase orders and scheduling agreements, you can configure whether the system assigns deliveries, returns, and/or planned delivery costs as invoice items in the supplier invoice. You can decide whether the system posts the corresponding invoice item as debit or credit.

● Prediction for critical cash discount situationsIn case of blocked invoice items that are relevant for a cash discount, the system makes a prediction in the Payment Block section. Based on data records of past goods receipts from the supplier, the system indicates whether the goods receipt can probably be expected on time in relation to the cash discount due date. The prediction may help you to take the appropriate measures if the cash discount is at risk. In this case you can, for example, send a reminder to your supplier.As an Analytics Specialist, you train and activate models using the app Predictive Models. Select the catalog ODATA_INVOICE_PAYMENT_SI_ML and the model DEFAULT and choose Train. In the following screen, you can enter a short description for your training model and define filter criteria, such as fiscal year or company code. If you choose Train again, a new model version is created. The Model Report informs you about the quality of



the prediction, for example, and about the fields that the system took into consideration in its algorithm. Afterwards, you must activate your model version.

NoteIn the Predictive Scenario app, you can find the short descriptions of the technical names.

See Also

For more information about predictive models, see https://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805, and then Product Assistance Generic Information Analytics Predictive Models .

5.6.2 Supplier Invoices List

This feature enables you now to display the current approval status and approver name of an invoice.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials), BNX (Consumable Purchasing), 18J (Requisitioning), 22Z (Procurement of Services)



Additional Details

You can hide and show the Approval Status and Approver Name columns in the list using the Settings icon.

5.6.3 Manage Workflows for Supplier Invoices



With this feature, a new configuration option is available using the app Maintain Email Templates. It enables you to send an email notification to the recipients of a workflow item when the workflow item is available in the app My Inbox.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials), BNX (Consumable Purchasing), 18J (Requisitioning)




As an administrator, you must configure the Maintain Email Templates app as follows:

Copy the predelivered e-mail template SWF_CRT_NOTIVY_RECIPIENTS into the custom name space. The custom template must follow the following pattern:

<YY1>_<Scenario_Id>_CRT_ALL, or YY1_<Scenario_Id>_CRT_<Node_Id>, for example YY1_00800251_CRT_10.

NoteScenario_Id for Workflow for Blocked Invoice: 00800251

● Node_Id for activity Release Invoice: 10

Scenario_Id for Workflow for Parked Invoice as Complete: 00800303

● Node_Id for activity Release Invoice: 19● Node_Id for activity Rework Invoice: 30

See Also

For more information about maintaining email templates, see https://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805, and then Product Assistance Generic Information General Functions for the Key User Output Management

Maintain Email Templates .




5.6.4 Monitor Purchase Order Down Payments


In this release, the Create Down Payment Request link is no longer a pure-navigation link. The down payment data maintained in the Create Purchase Order - Advanced app are considered now when the user calls the Create Down Payment Request app using the link.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 2QU (Purchase Order Visibility and Procurement Spend)

Application Component MM-PUR-PO


5.7 Procurement Analytics

5.7.1 Material Price Variance

This feature enables you to display the deviation of the actual price paid for materials from what has been set as standard data. You can monitor the material price variance over a certain period of time and evaluate the price deviations of different documents, for example info records, purchase orders, contracts, and invoices. This helps you to determine the reason for the price variance and improve the efficiency of your supply chain management.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1JI(Real-Time Reporting and Monitoring for Procurement)


Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-ANA


5.7.2 Supplier Evaluation by Quality (Quality Notification)

This feature enables you to evaluate suppliers based on the score that is calculated on the basis of quality complaints received. You can identify the suppliers who received fewer complaint notifications and thus have a higher quality evaluation score. This helps you to determine the suppliers with the best performance and reliability. This feature can help you to decide which supplier to select if the purchase conditions such as the quality and price of a material, quotation and delivery time are the same.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1JI(Real-Time Reporting and Monitoring for Procurement)



5.7.3 Embedded Analytics in Supplier Object Page

This feature enables you to use procurement analytics within the supplier object page. You can display an overview of purchase requisition items by item type, check missing confirmations for purchase orders, or analyze the purchasing spend trend in a chart. You can display a purchase contracts overview and check the contract spend. You can evaluate suppliers based on their operational and questionnaire scores. You can also analyze the contract consumption, purchase orders, and purchase requisitions the suppliers were involved in.

Technical Details





Used in Scope Item SL4(Supplier Evaluation and Performance Monitoring)




Purchase requisition item types and contract spend are both shown as a donut chart. You can switch from the chart to the list view. Supplier evaluation now includes supplier evaluation trend chart that considers both operational (aggregated quality, quantity and time scores) and questionnaire scores. You can switch between the list and the chart views. The available data is shown only from the previous year to date.

5.8 Central Procurement

5.8.1 Central Purchase Contracts

With this feature, you can create, edit, and display the central purchase contracts in the SAP S/4HANA hub system, using app Manage Central Purchase Contracts. Once these central contracts are created in the SAP S/4HANA hub system, they can be configured for approval workflow process, using app Manage Workflows for Central Purchase Contracts. The approved central contracts are then distributed to the SAP ERP or the SAP S/4HANA back-end systems.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 2ME (Central Contract Processing)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-SQ-CON



5.8.1.1 Schedule Import of Release Orders

With this feature, you can import release orders into the SAP S/4HANA hub system from the SAP ERP or the SAP S/4HANA back-end systems. You can import the release orders using the full import, delta import, or an ad-hoc import.

Technical Details






See Also

For more information, see Product Assistance Sourcing and Procurement Central Procurement Central Contract Processing Schedule Import of Release Orders under SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805.

5.8.1.2 Manage Central Purchase Contracts

This feature enables you to define the distribution lines at header level in a central contract. You can also add distribution lines at item level by copying the existing distribution lines. After a central contract is created, it can be approved using flexible workflow. For each central contract item, you can display all the release orders issued against distributed contracts which are created using this item. You can display and delete partners.

Technical Details






https://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805/



Additional Details

● Define distribution lines at header level in central contracts.You can define distribution lines at header level in a central contract if you want them to be valid for all items in that particular central contract. You can exempt items from being distributed according to the details defined at header level by disabling header distribution on the item level. This is useful if a central contract contains several items and you do not want to consider this particular distribution criterion when distributing a specific item in a central contract.

● Add distribution lines at item level in a central contract by copying existing distribution lines.To save time, you can add a distribution line by copying an existing distribution line. You can then make the required changes to the information contained in the copied distribution line. For example, if you need to distribute the same item to different purchasing organizations, you can copy this distribution line multiple times in a central contract item and change the purchasing organization for each item.

● Approve central contracts using flexible workflow. They are approved using the My Inbox app.Central contracts are sent for approval based on the preconditions configured in the workflow. For example, if the Total net price of all central purchase contract items is greater than is configured as a precondition, then the central contracts with a total net price above a certain value are sent for approval.Approvers can either approve or reject a central contract using the My Inbox app.You can configure the preconditions for a workflow in the Manage Workflows for Central Purchase Contracts app.

● Display all the release orders issued against distributed contractsFor each central contract item, you can display all the release orders issued against distributed contracts created from this item. These released orders are created in the connected back-end systems. They are then imported into the SAP S/4HANA hub systems from the connected back-end systems using Schedule Import of Release Orders app. You can check for the release order details, such as the document number, net order value, and so on. The sum of the net order value of all the release orders helps you to determine the total value used against each item in a central contract.

● Display and delete partners, for example, suppliers and their associated partner functions, such as invoicing party, sold-to party, suppliers, and so on.You can display partners in header distribution and in item distribution of central contracts. Partners are extracted from a specific back-end system based on the supplier and the purchasing organization.You can choose to delete the default partners from the distribution lines at header level or item level only when creating a central contract. This is useful, for example, when you want to order goods from a supplier with an ordering address different from the ordering address of the default partner. You can then choose to delete such partners. After you have deleted the default partner, you can no longer use it when creating a distributed contract in the back-end system.


See Also

For more information, see Product Assistance Sourcing and Procurement Central Procurement Central Contract Processing Manage Central Purchase Contracts under SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805.

5.8.1.2.1 Manage Workflows for Central Purchase Contracts

With this feature, you can enhance the central contract approval process. The flexible workflow allows you to use automatic, one-step, or multi-step approval.

You can use the Manage Workflows for Central Purchase Contracts app to determine the approver of the workflow, for example, the manager of the workflow initiator. You can also use this app to directly assign a specific user to the workflow. You can define start conditions for a workflow and for each approval step. Also, you can define an order in which the start conditions of existing workflows are checked. You can add new steps to a workflow at any time.

You can add new workflows, or copy existing ones and modify them according to your requirements.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 2ME(Central Contract Processing)

Application Component MM-PUR-OA-CON


See Also

For more information, see Product Assistance Sourcing and Procurement Integration Central ProcurementCentral Contract Processing Manage Central Purchase Contracts Manage Workflows for Central Purchase

Contracts under SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805.

5.8.2 Central Purchasing

Central procurement enables the integration of the SAP S/4HANA hub system with SAP ERP or the SAP S/4HANA back-end systems.





Central procurement now offers a central purchasing scenario that you can use to access and manage purchasing documents centrally. The purchasing documents include purchase requisitions and purchase orders. These documents can be extracted from the connected SAP ERP or SAP S/4HANA back-end systems and displayed on the SAP S/4HANA hub system that provides a consolidated view of all the back-end purchase requisitions and purchase orders. The scenario also supports the central assignment of sources of supply to the extracted purchase requisitions, and the approval of the purchase orders in the SAP S/4HANA hub system.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 2XT (Central Purchasing)

Application Component MM-PUR-HUB-PO



To set up the systems for central purchasing in central procurement, the configuration expert must perform the following steps:

● Configure SAP S/4HANA as the cloud hub system.● Configure the SAP ERP or SAP S/4HANA systems as the back-end systems.● Schedule the import of purchase requisitions from the back-end systems to the hub system by selecting the

job template for purchase requisitions in the app Schedule Import of Purchasing Documents.● Schedule the import of purchase orders from the back-end systems to the hub system by selecting the job

template for purchase orders in the app Schedule Import of Purchasing Documents.

NoteGoods receipt and invoice receipt information is extracted along with purchase orders.

● Configure the workflow process to approve the purchase orders, using the app Manage Workflows for Centrally Managed Purchase Orders.

Additional Details

The following processes are now enabled, once the administrator has configured your system:

● Central display of purchase requisitions and assignment of sources of supply, using app Manage Purchase Requisitions Centrally.


● Central display and approval of purchase orders, using app Manage Purchase Orders Centrally and Manage Workflows for Centrally Managed Purchase Orders respectively.

5.8.2.1 Schedule Import of Purchasing Documents

With this feature, you can import purchasing documents into the SAP S/4HANA hub system. The purchasing documents are purchase orders and purchase requisitions that you have created in SAP ERP or SAP S/4HANA back-end systems. You can import these documents using the full import, delta import, or an ad-hoc import.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 2XT(Central Purchasing)

Application Component MM-PUR-HUB-EXT


See Also

For more information, see Product Assistance Sourcing and Procurement Central Procurement Central Purchasing Schedule Import of Purchasing Documents under SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805.

5.8.2.2 Manage Purchase Requisitions Centrally

With this app, you can now display and manage purchase requisitions centrally. You can also assign sources of supply to the purchase requisitions from the list or by navigating into specific purchase requisition.

Technical Details







Application Component MM-PUR-HUB-REQ


5.8.2.3 Manage Purchase Orders Centrally

With this app, you can now centrally display all the purchase orders in the SAP S/4HANA hub system that have been created and extracted from the SAP ERP or the SAP S/4HANA back-end systems. The app provides a consolidated view of all purchase orders of the back-end systems, irrespective of their approval status.

Technical Details






5.8.2.3.1 Manage Workflows for Centrally Managed Purchase Orders

With this app, you can configure workflows for the approval process of centrally managed purchase orders as an administrator. The app provides several options to define preconditions for the release of centrally managed purchase orders. It also provides options to determine the approvers for their release.

Technical Details







5.9 App Extensibility for Classic Applications

5.9.1 App Extensibility: Assign and Process Purchase Requisitions

This feature enables you to extend the Assign and Process Purchase Requisitions app according to your business needs. You can enable custom fields for the business scenario Purchase Requisition Item to Purchasing Document Item on item level.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials), BNX (Consumable Purchasing)



See Also

For more information, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Sourcing and Procurement App Extensibility for Classic Applications App Extensibility: Assign and Process Purchase Requisitions .






5.9.2 App Extensibility: Create Purchase Order via Purchase Requisition Assignment List

This feature enables you to extend the Create Purchase Order via Purchase Requisition Assignment List app according to your business needs. You can enable custom fields for the business scenario Purchase Requisition Item to Purchasing Document Item on item level.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials), BNX (Consumable Purchasing)



See Also

For more information, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Sourcing and Procurement App Extensibility for Classic Applications App Extensibility: Create Purchase Order via Purchase Requisition Assignment List .


5.9.3 Extensibility for Scheduling Agreement Delivery Schedule Apps

This feature enables you to extend the Manage SA Delivery Schedule and Display Scheduling Agreement Schedule apps according to your business needs.




Technical Details



Used in Scope Item BMR (Scheduling Agreements in Procurement), 2NX (Scheduling Agreement for Subcontracting Procurement), 2NY (Scheduling Agreement for Consignment Procurement)

Application Component MM-PUR-OA-SCH (Scheduling Agreement)


See Also

For more information, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Sourcing and Procurement App Extensibility for Classic Applications Extensibility for Scheduling Agreement Delivery Schedule Apps .



5.10.1 Key User Extensibility

Use


● Enable custom fields in multiple business scenarios● Use custom logic to achieve UI field control● Make external http call from custom logic● Write to one custom business object from another custom business object





● Use calculated columns and joins in custom CDS views● End-to-end use cases connecting various extensibility elements

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 1N9






See also


5.10.2 Business Event Handling

Use

The scope item now includes the following: Enterprise Event Enablement - The enterprise event enablement framework enables the exchange of events across different platforms for seamless event-driven communication. You can publish events from your back-end systems (for example, SAP S/4HANA) and consume these events in the apps built on the SAP Cloud Platform.



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F1N9

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 1NN






See also


5.10.3 Request for Price

Use

The scope item now includes the following: Create Follow-on Documents

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 1XF





http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F1NN





See also


5.10.4 Supplier Evaluation and Performance Monitoring

Use

The scope item now includes the following: New KPIs have been added for supplier evaluation based on supplier evaluation weighing and scoring for each individual criterion like Quantity, Price, Time, and Quality. Purchaser can also adjust supplier evaluation score manually through Operational Supplier Evaluation Score.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item SL4




http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F1XF





See also


5.10.5 Procurement of Services

Use


● Enablement of texts for purchase orders● Reference to service entry sheet in supplier invoice available● Enhanced options for account assignment and distribution in service entry sheet

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 22Z





http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2FSL4





See also


5.10.6 Central Contract Processing

Use


● Header distribution - Distribution details can be maintained at the header level that then cascades to all items. The header distribution data can be disabled at the item level.

● Partner information retrieved from the back-end system for an item based on the plant and company code● Approve central contracts using the flexible workflow framework● Update call off quantities from release orders into the central contracts● View release documentation for a central contract item● Support SAP S/4HANA cloud and on-premise systems as back-end systems with central contracts being

created in the SAP S/4HANA Cloud system



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F22Z

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2ME






See also


5.10.7 Intercompany Stock Transfer Returns

Use

This scope item describes the return process for intercompany stock transfer.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2TS




http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2ME

Scope Item is New





See also


5.10.8 SAP Ariba Guided Buying Integration

Use

The scope item now includes the following: Single Sign-On across SAP S/4HANA Cloud and SAP Ariba Guided Buying

An update of the supplier invoice document status, such as invoice release for payment information, is sent from SAP S/4HANA Cloud to SAP Ariba Guided Buying for enhanced transparency.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2NV



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2TS






See also


5.10.9 Intercompany Stock Transfer

Use

The scope item now includes the following: New Self-Service Configuration UI available.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 1P9





http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2NV





See also


5.10.10 Procurement of Direct Materials

Use


● Enablement of texts for purchase orders● Enhancement of purchase order mass change● Notification for critical cash discount situations● Serial number processing● Improved data transfer in down payment process



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F1P9

Technical Details







See also


5.10.11 Central Requisitioning

Use


● Possibility to create a central Requisition for a plant and company code different than that the user is assigned to, in the Default Settings for Users – Procurement app. This is possible only when the plant and company code combination maps to the same backend system defined for the user in the Default Settings for Users – Procurement app.

● Materials without Sources Of Supply in the backend system is shown in Cross Catalog search● Optional customizing to map Backend Material Group to Company code and Plant in the hub system. For

extraction, If mapping is not done, and no material groups are selected at the time of extraction, all materials and sources of supply are extracted from the backend system into the hub system.





Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 1XI






See also


5.10.12 Integration of SAP S/4HANA Cloud Procurement with Suppliers

Use


Mapping to IDoc is provided as iFlow on the SAP Cloud Platform Integration



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F1XI

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2EJ






See also


5.10.13 Activity Management in Procurement

Use

The scope item now includes the following: The scope item includes the new send task activity that is performed by the buyer and the Submit task activity that is performed by the purchaser.




http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2EJ

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 19C






See also


5.10.14 Supplier Consignment

Use

The scope item now includes the following: •Enhancement of purchase order processing for consignment



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F19C

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2LG






See also


5.10.15 Consumable Purchasing

Use


● Enablement of texts for purchase orders● Limit items for purchase requisitions




http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2LG

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item BNX






See also


5.10.16 Requisitioning

Use


● Approvers in purchase requisition workflow● Purchase requisition for internal catalog item



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2FBNX

Technical Details







See also


5.10.17 Scheduling Agreement for Subcontracting Procurement

Use

The scope item now includes the following: Monitor subcontracting documents.





Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2NX






See also


5.10.18 Direct Procurement with Inbound Delivery

Use

This scope item enables the user to order direct materials using the inbound delivery process. A seamless integration is incorporated and ensures a stable and efficient procurement process including all processes from the initial creation of a purchase order to the invoice creation and handling.



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2NX

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2TX

Scope Item is New





See also


5.10.19 SAP Fieldglass - Service Procurement Integration

Use

Integrate SAP S/4HANA Cloud with SAP Fieldglass solutions to optimize your optimum total workforce mix. Counter seasonal skill shortages, staff projects with outside experts, and augment staff strategically or for short term needs.




http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2TX

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 22K

Scope Item is New





See also


5.10.20 Proposal of Options for Materials without Purchase Contract

Use

This scope item provides options for the purchaser to create an RFQ if the materials do not have a purchase contract.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 30W

Scope Item is New



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F22K





See also


5.10.21 Central Purchasing

Use

Central Purchasing in SAP S/4HANA caters to the needs of the headquarters to centrally manage their procurement business processes for all the connected plants. The Central Purchasing scenario provides a single point of access and visibility to purchasing documents, helping to reduce the TCO.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2XT

Scope Item is New






http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F30W



See also


5.10.22 Proposal of Material Group

Use

During the purchase requisition process using the shopping cart scenario, the free text material item is filled automatically by the proposal of the material group based on, among other things, the historical purchase order data, utilizing the Machine learning recommendation.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2XV

Scope Item is New







http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2XT


See also


5.10.23 Proposal of new Catalog Item

Use

During purchase requisition creation, free text item entry can be interpreted as a catalog item, due to recommendations from the Machine Learning algorithm.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2XW

Scope Item is New





See also




http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2XV


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2XW

5.10.24 Propose Resolution for Invoice Payment Block

Use

When a supplier has a quantity blocking reason at the item level, the cash discount may be at risk. Utilizing the predictive modeling integration, you can predict the goods receipt delay and thus meet the cash discounts.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2XX

Scope Item is New





See also






http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2XX

6 Supply Chain

6.1 Logistics and Order Fulfillment

6.1.1 Create Physical Inventory Documents

With this feature you can create physical inventory documents for selected materials or groups of materials.

The app helps you find and select materials due to be counted, you can create physical inventory documents for the materials directly from the displayed detail list.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item BMC (Core Inventory Management)

Application Component MM-FIO-IM


6.1.2 Post Goods Receipt for Purchase Order

With this feature, you can post the receipt of goods with reference to the purchase order with which you ordered the goods. If a material is delivered for a purchase order, it is important for all the departments involved that the goods receipt entry in the system references this purchase order.

In the Post Goods Receipt for Purchase Order app, you can now do the following:

● You can use a value help for the base unit of measure field that supports you with suitable default values for the base unit of measure and derived alternative units of measure of the same dimension.


Supply Chain

● You can use a value help that supports you in posting stock more easily to all available storage locations of a plant. The value help for the storage location contains all the available storage locations.

Technical Details




Application Component MM-FIO-IM-SGM


6.1.3 Stock - Single Material

With this feature, you can get an overview of your material stock. You can review your stock by the plants and storage locations for which you are responsible. The app can display the stock information as a table or a diagram.

In the Stock – Single Material app, you can now do the following:

● The value help for the Unit of Measure supports you in selecting all available units of measure of a material that you want to display more easily. The system groups the available units of measure according to the standard units and derived units, meaning units of the same dimension as the standard units.

Technical Details






What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805Supply Chain P U B L I C 303

6.1.4 Transfer Stock – Cross Plant

With this feature, you can make the transfer postings from one plant (issuing plant) to another plant (receiving plant). The app supports you in finding the allowed transfer postings and in personalizing the control presettings of storage locations and visible columns.

In the Transfer Stock – Cross Plant app, you can now do the following:

● You can use a predictive analytics model to predict the delivery date for a stock transport order. With this information, you get a statistically-based forecast if a goods receipt can be successfully completed in time.

● You can now create a stock transport order with one click using the button Create Stock Transport Order. Note that the button is only visible if the necessary configuration for stock transport orders is maintained.


Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1P7 (Cross-Plant Transfer Posting)



6.1.5 Post Goods Receipt for Inbound Delivery

With this feature, you can post the receipt of goods with reference to the inbound delivery.

The app proposes a selection of inbound deliveries from the supplier that can be posted.

This app was renamed from Post Goods Receipt for Delivery to Post Goods Receipt for Inbound Delivery.

In the Post Goods Receipt for Inbound Delivery app, you can now do the following:




Supply Chain

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item BME (Stock Transfer with Delivery)



6.1.6 Post Goods Receipt for Production Order

With this feature, you can post the receipt of goods with reference to a production order.

If a material is delivered for a production order, it is important for all the departments involved that the goods receipt entry in the system references this production order.

This app was renamed from Post Goods Receipt for Order to Post Goods Receipt for Production Order.

In the Post Goods Receipt for Production Order app, you can now do the following:



Technical Details



Used in Scope Item BJE (Make-to-Order Production - Finished Goods Sales and Final Assembly)



6.1.7 Post Goods Receipt without Reference

With this feature, you can post the receipt of goods without any reference to a previous document.


You can use a value help for the base unit of measure field that supports you with suitable default values for the base unit of measure and derived alternative units of measure of the same dimension.

You can use a value help that supports you in posting stock more easily to all available storage locations of a plant. The value help for the storage location contains all the available storage locations.

This app complements the existing Post Goods Receipt apps:

● Post Goods Receipt for Purchase Order● Post Goods Receipt for Production Order● Post Goods Receipt for Inbound Delivery

Technical Details






6.1.8 Create Storage Location Automatically (SSC UI)

The Manage Your Solution app provides access to the individual configuration apps (self-service configuration UIs (SSC UIs)). Apps for master data maintenance are included in the Manage Your Solution app to make them available during the initial setup of the system.

There is a new SSC UI for the configuration of the storage location to define whether the automatic creation of storage location data is allowed per movement type.

The standard setting is that the storage location data is created automatically for all types of receipts (goods receipt with/without reference, stock transfers, initial entry of stock balances, reversal of goods issues, for example).

You can specify the movement types for which storage location data is created automatically.

Note that for plants the automatic creation of storage location data is generally allowed.

Technical Details



Supply Chain





See Also


6.1.9 API Services for Material Documents

Three new services for material documents are based on the Simple Object Access Protocol (SOAP) and can be consumed in apps and other user interfaces:

● Material Document - CreateThis service enables you to communicate with an external customer system that triggers a request to your SAP S/4HANA system to create a material document.

● Material Document - Receive ConfirmationThis service enables you to communicate with an external customer system to send back a corresponding confirmation message. This is the reaction from your SAP S/4HANA system that was triggered by a request from an external customer system to create a material document.

● Material Document - Receive NotificationThis service enables you to communicate with an external customer system. Your SAP S/4HANA system triggers a notification to an external system to inform the external system about the presence of new material documents.

Technical Details



Application Component MM-IM-GF



Additional Details

These services are also available in the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com ).

6.1.10 CDS Views for Inventory Management

Several Core Data Services (CDS) views for Inventory Management have now been released. You can use them for specifying common data, reservations, physical inventory, stock and material documents.

Technical Details





Additional Details

The following CDS views for Inventory Management have been released:

● CDS-Views for Common Data○ Customer Plant Company Code Assignment○ Plant Category Text○ Supplier Plant Company Code Assignment

● CDS-Views for Reservation○ Reservation Document Header○ Reservation Document Item

● CDS-Views for Physical Inventory○ Inventory Transaction Type○ Physical Inventory Count Status○ Physical Inventory Deletion Status○ Physical Inventory Document Header○ Physical Inventory Document Item○ Physical Inventory Group Type○ Physical Inventory Posting Status○ Physical Inventory Type○ Physical Inventory Stock Type


Supply Chain


○ Physical Inventory Status Text● CDS-Views for Stock and Material Documents

○ Material Document Header○ Material Document Item○ Stock Change Category

See Also

For more information, see SAP S/4HANA Cloud: http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 under Product Assistance Generic Information Analytics CDS Views CDS Views for Supply Chain CDS Views for Inventory Management .

6.1.11 CDS Views for Batch Management

Two Core Data Services (CDS) views for Batch Management have now been released:

● Batch I_Batch● Batch Distinct I_BatchDistinct

You can use them to construct custom views or apps that need to retrieve batch management data.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item BLF (Batch Management)

Application Component LO-BM (Batch Management)


Additional Details

You can look at all released CDS views and their fields by using the View Browser app.



See Also

For more information about the CDS views for basic functions in Batch Management, choose the relevant view names in the section CDS Views for Batch Management underhttp://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Generic Information Analytics CDS Views CDS Views for Supply Chain CDS Views for Batch Management .

For more information about the View Browser app, look for the section View Browser under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Generic Information Analytics View Browser .

6.1.12 Configuration for Physical Inventory (SSC UI)

In Logistics, the Manage Your Solution app has new configuration steps for making settings related to Inventory Management. This new SSC UI enables you to define user groups with allowed value tolerances for the posting of physical inventory differences. You can define user groups with maximum permitted value amounts at two levels: 1: Maximum amount per physical inventory document 2: Maximum amount per document item.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item BML(Physical Inventory - Inventory Count and Adjustment)

Application Component MM-IM (Inventory Management)


Additional Details

Name of the Configuration item: Physical Inventory

Name of the new SSCUI: Maintain Physical Inventory Tolerance

See Also



Supply Chain




6.1.13 Configuration for Material Valuation (SSC UI)

In Logistics, the Manage Your Solution app has new configuration steps for making settings related to Material Valuation. The SSC UI enables you to define the default price control for material types. In addition you can specify with the corresponding price control indicator whether the default price control is mandatory or proposed.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item BMC(Core Inventory Management)

Application Component MM-IM (Inventory Management)


Additional Details

Name of the Configuration item: Material Valuation

Name of the new SSCUI: Define Price Control for Material Types

See Also


6.1.14 Configuration for Batch Determination for Inventory Management (SSC UI)

In Logistics, the Manage Your Solution app has new configuration steps for making settings related to Batch Management. This new SSC UI enables you to define access groups, strategy types, and search procedures for batch determination in Inventory Management.


Technical Details



Used in Scope Item BLFBatch Management



Additional Details

Name of the Configuration item: Batch Determination for Inventory Management

Name of the new SSCUI:

● Define Inventory Management Access Sequences● Define Inventory Management Strategy Types● Define Inventory Management Search Procedure● Allocate IM Search Procedure/Activate Check

See Also


6.1.15 Configuration for Batch Determination for Sales and Distribution (SSC UI)

In Logistics, the Manage Your Solution app has new configuration steps for making settings related to Batch Management. This new SSC UI enables you to define access sequences, strategy types, and search procedures for batch determination in Sales and Distribution. You can activate automatic batch determination for sales order item categories and delivery item categories.


Supply Chain

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item BLF Batch Management


Availability SAP S/4HANA Cloud

Additional Details

Name of the Configuration item: Batch Determination for Sales and Distribution


● Define Sales and Distribution Access Sequences● Define Sales and Distribution Strategy Types● Define Sales and Distribution Search Procedure● Allocate SD Search Procedure/Activate Check● Activate Automatic Batch Determination for Sales Order Item Categories● Activate Automatic Batch Determination for Delivery Item Categories

See Also


6.1.16 Configuration for Serial Number Management (SSC UI)

In Logistics, the Manage Your Solution app has new configuration steps for making settings related to Serial Number Management. This new SSC UI enables you to assign serial number profiles to each material to be serialized.


Technical Details


Country Dependency Valid for all countries.

Used in Scope Item BLLSerial Number Management

Application Component SD-CAS-BD (Basic Data)


Additional Details

Name of the Configuration item: General Settings


● Determine Serial Number Profiles

See Also


6.1.17 Advanced Available-to Promise (aATP)

6.1.17.1 Backorder Processing (BOP)

The Configure BOP Variant and Monitor BOP Run apps have been enhanced to enable you to configure a fallback variant to be triggered automatically when exceptions occur during backorder processing runs, thereby preventing the creation of confirmations. Furthermore, you can display aggregated results for backorder processing runs executed with fallback variants.


Supply Chain

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 2LN (Basic Available-to-Promise Processing)

Application Component CA-ATP-BOP (ATP: Backorder Processing)


See Also

For more information, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 under Product Assistance Supply ChainAdvanced Available-to-Promise (aATP) Order Promising Backorder Processing (BOP) Apps for Backorder Processing (BOP) .

6.1.17.2 Release for Delivery

The Release for Delivery app has been enhanced to display dependencies between requirement items, thereby offering increased transparency when processing items for delivery groups.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1JW (Advanced Available-to-Promise Processing)

Application Component CA-ATP (Available-to-Promise (ATP))




See Also

For more information, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 under Product Assistance Supply ChainAdvanced Available-to-Promise (aATP) Advanced Order Promising Release for Delivery (RFDY) Release for Delivery .

6.1.17.3 Configure Product Allocation

The Configure Product Allocation app has been enhanced to enable all custom and standard fields to be used as characteristics in product allocation objects created for the business document stock transport order.

Technical Details




Application Component CA-ATP-PAL (ATP: Product Allocation)


See Also

For more information, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 under Product Assistance Supply ChainAdvanced Available-to-Promise (aATP) Advanced Order Promising Product Allocation (PAL) Apps for Product Allocation (PAL) Configure Product Allocation .

6.1.17.4 Manage Product Allocation Planning Data

The Manage Product Allocation Planning Data app has been enhanced to give you the additional option of using Microsoft Excel Workbook (.xlsx) files to process planning data for product allocation. Furthermore, the app has been enhanced to enable planned allocation quantities and allocation assignments to be moved and re-used between characteristic value combinations and corresponding collective characteristic value combinations.


Supply Chain



Technical Details






Additional Details

● In addition to Microsoft Excel Comma Separated Values File (.csv) format, you can now choose to download and upload planning data for product allocation in Microsoft Excel Workbook (.xlsx) format. You can use the Download button to download the characteristic value combinations, their descriptions and time periods for a product allocation object, as defined in the Selection Range. You can make changes and adjustments to the planning data directly in Microsoft Excel and then use the Upload button to upload the changed planning data.

● You can now decide to transfer planned quantities and allocation assignments between characteristic value combinations and corresponding collective characteristic value combinations as follows:○ From a characteristic value combination to an active, next level collective characteristic value

combination, when the former is deactivated or deleted.○ From the next level collective characteristic value combination to a characteristic value combination, when

the latter is activated.○ From collective characteristic value combinations when more specific, active characteristic value

combinations are created.

See Also

For more information, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 under:

● Product Assistance Supply Chain Advanced Available-to-Promise (aATP) Advanced Order PromisingProduct Allocation (PAL) Apps for Product Allocation (PAL) Manage Product Allocation Planning Data

● Product Assistance Supply Chain Advanced Available-to-Promise (aATP) Advanced Order PromisingProduct Allocation (PAL) Creating Planning Data

● Product Assistance Supply Chain Advanced Available-to-Promise (aATP) Advanced Order PromisingProduct Allocation (PAL) Using Collective Allocations



6.1.17.5 Configuration for Product Allocation (SSC UI)

The Manage Your Solution app contains a WebGUI-based self-service configuration user interface (SSC UI) with which you can define product allocation as a method for checking availability in advanced Available-to-Promise (aATP). The SSC UI replaces the Fiori-based SSC UI used prior to SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805 and is not a new or additional configuration activity for SAP S/4HANA Cloud.

Technical Details






Additional Details

If you activate the product allocation function in aATP, every subsequent availability check you run in aATP will be executed with product allocation.


If you activate the product allocation function in aATP, you cannot revert to the previously used product allocation function in Sales and Distribution, nor can you use the product allocation function in aATP in parallel to the product allocation function in Sales and Distribution.


If you activate the product allocation function in aATP, no existing allocation data or confirmations are transferred automatically.


Supply Chain


● Name of the configuration item: ATP: Product Allocation Check● Name of the SSC UI: Activate Product Allocation

See Also


6.1.18 Delivery Management

6.1.18.1 Custom Logic for Delivery Processing

This feature enables you, as a key user, to use Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) to implement custom logic in your applications. This extensibility offers you increased flexibility during delivery processing, so you can better meet your specific business needs.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock), BKP (Accelerated Customer Returns), J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials)

Application Component LE-SHP-DL, LE-SHP-DL-LA, LE-SHP-EXT


Additional Details

You can implement logic for the following BAdIs:

● Set Custom Field Properties for Delivery Header (LE_SHP_FIELDPROP_HEAD)● Set Custom Field Properties for Delivery Item (LE_SHP_FIELDPROP_ITEM)● Modify Delivery Header (LE_SHP_MODIFY_HEAD)



● Modify Delivery Item (LE_SHP_MODIFY_ITEM)● Modify Standard and Custom Fields for Delivery Header and Items (LE_SHP_SAVE_DOCUMENT_PREPARE)

To learn more about these BAdIs, go to the Custom Fields and Logic app to display their specific documentation.

See Also

For more information about the Custom Fields and Logic app, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Generic Information General Functions for the Key User Extensibility Custom Fields and Logic .

For more information on how to create custom logic, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Generic Information General Functions for the Key User Extensibility Custom Fields and LogicHow to Create Custom Logic .

6.1.18.2 Assign Serial Numbers to Delivery Items in Pick Outbound Delivery App

With this feature, you can assign serial numbers to each delivery item in an outbound delivery. You can do this while carrying out picking activities for goods managed on inventory management level. Assigning serial numbers to your delivery items allows you to track goods and, in turn, improves the accuracy of your stock control. For serial numbers related to equipment master data, you can use the serial numbers to track the lifecycle of individual pieces of equipment. This is especially useful in cases where you need to recall a specific piece of equipment.

Technical Details




Application Component LE-SHP-FIO


See Also

For more information about the Pick Outbound Delivery app, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Supply Chain Logistics Order Fulfillment Delivery Management .


Supply Chain




6.1.18.3 Schedule Data Transfers for Expected Goods Receipt

This feature enables you to schedule background jobs for data transfer of expected goods receipts for purchase orders and production orders to SAP Extended Warehouse Management (SAP EWM).

You can use the scheduling options to carry out the following activities:

● Create, update and delete expected goods receipts● View the results of the scheduled jobs in the Application Jobs list

Technical Details




Application Component LE-SHP-FIO


Additional Details

The available scheduling options allow you to do the following:

● Schedule the start time for creating, updating or deleting expected goods receipts or start the job immediately.

● Define whether the job should recur, and set up a recurrence schedule.● Filter the Application Jobs list by different filter criteria such as data, job ID, run ID, description.

See Also

For more information about background jobs in general, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Enterprise Technology SAP NetWeaver General Functions for Key Users Application Jobs .



6.1.18.4 Configuration for Extended Warehouse Management System Integration

With this release, a new self-service configuration app for making settings related to Extended Warehouse Management System Integration has been added to the Manage Your Solution app.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 2VJ (SAP EWM Integration - Inbound Processing from Supplier), 2VK (SAP EWM Integration - Outbound Processing to Customer), 2VL (SAP EWM Integration - Stock Transport Orders), 2VM (SAP EWM Integration - Delivery-Based Production Integration), 2VO (SAP EWM Integration - Customer Returns)

Application Component LE-IEW-X


Additional Details

The following new self-service configuration app for Extended Warehouse Management System Integration is available:

● Configure SAP EWM-Specific ParametersDisplay settings for communication with SAP Extended Warehouse Management (SAP EWM) and enable or disable inbound delivery creation for production orders in SAP S/4HANA Cloud.

See Also



Supply Chain


6.1.18.5 Configuration for Shipping Point and Goods Receiving Point Determination

With this release, new self-service configuration apps for making settings related to Shipping Point and Goods Receiving Point Determination have been added to the Manage Your Solution app.

Technical Details




Application Component LE-SHP-GF


Additional Details

The following new self-service configuration apps for Shipping Point and Goods Receiving Point Determination are available:

● Define Shipping PointsDefine the place or location that goods are shipped from.

● Define Loading GroupsDefine categories to group material master data by the equipment required to load these goods.

● Define Shipping ConditionsDefine the conditions that need to be met for goods to be shipped.

● Assign Shipping PointsAssign shipping points for each plant.

See Also




6.1.18.6 Configuration for Routes (Definition and Determination)

With this release, new self-service configuration apps for making settings related to Routes (Definition and Determination) have been added to the Manage Your Solution app.

Technical Details




Application Component LE-SHP-GF-RS


Additional Details

The following new self-service configuration apps for Routes (Definition and Determination) are available:

● Define Modes of TransportDefine what modes of transport you want to use to deliver goods.

● Define Shipping TypesDefine the shipping types you want to use for deliveries.

● Maintain Route DeterminationSet route determination for a sales order or a delivery.

See Also


6.1.18.7 Configuration for Deliveries

With this release, new self-service configuration apps for making settings related to Deliveries have been added to the Manage Your Solution app.


Supply Chain


Technical Details




Application Component LE-SHP-DL


Additional Details

The following new self-service configuration apps for Deliveries are available:

● Define Delivery TypesDefine the delivery types you want to use.

● Define Delivery PrioritiesDefine how you would like to prioritize your deliveries.

● Define Reasons for Blocking in ShippingDelivery blocking reasons are used to separate certain transactions from process flow for special reasons and to avoid further automatic processing. As a result, the transaction is blocked until the person responsible reviews the situation, makes a decision, and possibly removes the delivery block manually.

● Assign Blocking Reasons to Delivery TypesAssign delivery blocking reasons to the delivery types where they should apply.

See Also


6.1.18.8 Configuration for Delivery and Transportation Scheduling

With this release, a new self-service configuration app for making settings related to Delivery and Transportation Scheduling has been added to the Manage Your Solution app.



Technical Details




Application Component LE-SHP-GF-DS


Additional Details

The following new self-service configuration app for Delivery and Transportation Scheduling is available:

● Define Scheduling by Sales Document TypeDefine by sales document type whether scheduling should be carried out.

See Also


6.1.18.9 Configuration for Picking

With this release, new self-service configuration apps for making settings related to Picking have been added to the Manage Your Solution app.

Technical Details




Application Component LE-SHP-PI


Supply Chain



Additional Details

The following new self-service configuration apps for Picking are available:

● Define Storage ConditionsDefine how goods should be stored.

● Assign Picking LocationsAssign picking locations for each plant.

See Also


6.1.18.10 Output Management for Delivery Notes and Picking Lists

This feature enables you to control the delivery notes and picking lists output types.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock), BMK (Return to Supplier), 1P7 (Cross-Plant Transfer Posting), 1P9 (Intercompany Stock Transfer)

Application Component LE-SHP-GF-OC




Additional Details

The delivery note includes the delivery address, contact person’s address, serial numbers, item numbers, header text, delivery date, materials, quantities, and weights. The delivery note accompanies the shipped goods as a printout but can also be sent by email. Once the delivery note is created and saved, the output PDF document can be reissued as a changed delivery note through the output management reuse service.

The delivery picking list is a printout that includes the material number, material description, plant, storage location, and the required quantity in base unit of measure, and batch information. Once the delivery picking list is created and saved, the output PDF document can be reissued as a changed picking list through the output management reuse service.

See Also

For more information, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Supply ChainLogistics and Order Fulfillment Delivery Management Output .

6.2 Warehousing

6.2.1 Basic Integration with SAP Extended Warehouse Management (SAP EWM)

This feature enables you to integrate with decentralized on-premise instances of SAP Extended Warehouse Management (SAP EWM) for a basic scope, including basic goods receipt and outbound delivery processes. In addition, this feature enables you to transfer warehouse-related master data (for example, products, customers, suppliers, batches) from your SAP S/4HANA system to the SAP EWM system.

Technical Details




Supply Chain

Used in Scope Item 2VJ (SAP EWM Integration - Inbound Processing from Supplier), 2VK (SAP EWM Integration - Outbound Processing to Customer), 2VL (SAP EWM Integration - Stock Transport Orders), 2VM (SAP EWM Integration - Delivery-Based Production Integration), 2VN (SAP EWM Integration - Batch Management), 2VO (SAP EWM Integration - Customer Returns), 2YL (SAP EWM Integration - Warehouse Stock Handling)

Application Component LE-IEW (Extended Warehouse Management Integration)


Additional Details

The basic scope for integrating SAP Extended Warehouse Management contains the following processes:

● Inbound processing from suppliers● Outbound processing to customers● Stock transport orders● Delivery-based production integration – production supply and goods receipt from production● Batch management – transfer of batches to the SAP EWM system● Customer returns● Warehouse stock handling

The transfer of warehouse-related master data from your SAP S/4HANA Cloud system to the SAP EWM system is performed using the data replication framework (DRF). The replication of the following master data to external SAP EWM systems is supported:

● Product● Customer● Supplier● Batch● Classes/Characteristics

NoteOnly outbound interfaces are available to transfer this data.


The APIs for the integration with SAP EWM are based on queued remote function calls (qRFCs), meaning that qRFC is used as the technology for asynchronous communication ("push") from and to SAP EWM. These APIs are delivered with the integration scenario Extended Warehouse Management Integration (SAP_COM_0247).


6.3 Extensibility in Supply Chain

6.3.1 Extensibility: Customer Returns Delivery - Read, Create, Update, Delete

This feature enables you to extend the OData Service API_CUSTOMER_RETURNS_DELIVERY_SRV according to your business needs.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials), BD9 (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Sell from Stock)

Application Component LE-SHP (Shipping)


See Also

For more information, see the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/ ). You can Browse and search for Read, Create, Update, and Delete Customer Returns Deliveries. Open the search result with that title, and go to

OVERVIEW Business Documentation Extensibility: Customer Returns Delivery - Read, Create, Update, Delete .


6.3.2 Extensibility: Outbound Delivery - Read, Create, Update, Delete

This feature enables you to extend the OData Service API_OUTBOUND_DELIVERY_SRV according to your business needs.


Supply Chain



Technical Details



Used in Scope Item J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials), BD9 (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Sell from Stock)

Application Component LE-SHP (Shipping)


See Also

For more information, see the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/ ). You can Browse and search for Read, Create, Update and Delete Outbound Deliveries. Open the search result with that title, and go to OVERVIEW

Business Documentation Extensibility: Outbound Delivery - Read, Create, Update, Delete .



6.4.1 Core Inventory Management

Use

The scope item now includes the following: In this release, we deliver the Post Goods Receipt without Reference app. With this app, the customer can post goods receipts without references such as purchase orders.




Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item BMC






See also


6.4.2 Stock Transfer without Delivery

Use

The scope item now includes the following: Create stock transport order automatically (optional)


Supply Chain


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2FBMC

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item BMH






See also


6.4.3 SAP EWM Integration - Outbound Processing to Customer

Use

This scope item enables a business process integration between SAP S/4HANA Cloud and on-premise SAP Extended Warehouse Management. It allows you to ship ordered goods to external customers.



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2FBMH

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2VK

Scope Item is New





See also


6.4.4 SAP EWM Integration - Stock Transport Orders

Use

The business process integration between SAP S/4HANA Cloud and on-premise SAP Extended Warehouse Management enables you to execute a stock transfer process using stock transport orders.


Supply Chain


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2VK

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2VL

Scope Item is New





See also


6.4.5 SAP EWM Integration - Delivery-Based Production Integration

Use

This scope item enables a business process integration between SAP S/4HANA Cloud and on-premise SAP Extended Warehouse Management. With this process, you can tightly integrate warehouse execution with manufacturing operations using a delivery-based production integration.



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2VL

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2VM

Scope Item is New





See also


6.4.6 SAP EWM Integration - Inbound Processing from Supplier

Use

This scope item enables a business process integration between SAP S/4HANA Cloud and on-premise SAP Extended Warehouse Management. It allows you to purchase goods from suppliers and subsequently execute the physical goods movements in your warehouse.


Supply Chain


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2VM

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2VJ

Scope Item is New





See also


6.4.7 SAP EWM Integration - Batch Management

Use

This scope item enables a business process integration between SAP S/4HANA Cloud and on-premise SAP Extended Warehouse Management (EWM). It describes the basic integration of batches to the SAP EWM system.



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2VJ

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2VN

Scope Item is New





See also


6.4.8 Quality Management in Procurement

Use


● New SAP Fiori app to create, manage, and monitor quality info records for the release of supply


Supply Chain


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2VN

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 1FM






See also


6.4.9 Physical Inventory - Inventory Count and Adjustment

Use

The scope item now includes the following: The new Create Physical Inventory Documents app is available to warehouse clerks and inventory managers.



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F1FM

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item BML






See also


6.4.10 SAP EWM Integration - Warehouse Stock Handling

Use

This scope item enables a business process integration between SAP S/4HANA Cloud and on-premise SAP Extended Warehouse Management to demonstrate warehouse stock handling such as scrapping, physical inventory, and initial stock upload.


Supply Chain


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2FBML

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2YL

Scope Item is New





See also


6.4.11 SAP EWM Integration - Customer Returns

Use

This scope item enables a business process integration between SAP S/4HANA Cloud and on-premise SAP Extended Warehouse Management to demonstrate returns order processing.



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2YL

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2VO

Scope Item is New





See also


6.4.12 Third-Party Warehouse Management System Integration - Production Scenarios

Use

The scope item now includes the following: All processes described in this scope item are now also working with batch-managed materials


Supply Chain


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2VO

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2RU






See also






http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2RU

7 R&D/Engineering

7.1 Enterprise Portfolio and Project Management

7.1.1 Project Financial Control

7.1.1.1 Project Control

With this feature, a project financial controller can create and maintain project header details using the Project Control app.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1NT (Project Financial Control)

Application Component PS-FIO-STR


See Also

For more information, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance R&D / EngineeringEnterprise Portfolio and Project Management Project Financial Control Project Control


R&D/Engineering

7.1.1.2 Project Budget Report

This feature enables you to easily monitor project costs and budget by comparing budget with actual costs and commitments. You can also monitor the budget and costs at an individual line-item level.

Technical Details




Application Component PS-FIO


7.1.1.3 Predictive Scenario for Project Cost Forecasting

This feature allows you as a data scientist or machine learning expert to enable your users to predict the overall project cost for new or running projects based on historical project data. To do so, you use the predefined predictive scenario PROJCOSTFRCAST01 (Project Cost Forecast) to train the corresponding predictive model using a regression algorithm.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 2Y7 (Predictive Analytics Model Training - R&D/Engineering)

Application Component PPM-VDM

(Virtual Data Model for Portfolio and Project Mgmnt)


What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805R&D/Engineering P U B L I C 345

See Also

Project Cost Prediction [page 346]

7.1.1.4 Project Cost Prediction

This feature enables you to predict the overall costs of your projects based on historical data.

Technical Details






7.1.1.5 Project Financial Controller Overview

This feature enables you to view various additional aspects such as statuses, upcoming milestones, and cost-to-date of your projects in the project controller overview page.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1YF (Project Review)

1NT (Project Financial Control)


Availability


R&D/Engineering

7.1.2 Project Monitoring

7.1.2.1 Monitor Project Progress

This feature enables you to track the schedule and progress of one or multiple projects, either on a regular basis or in response to certain events. For this purpose, your projects are visualized in the Monitor Project Progress app by a Gantt chart.

Technical Details




Application Component PPM-FIO (Fiori UI for Portfolio and Project Management)


See Also

For more information, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 under Product Assistance R&D / Engineering Enterprise Portfolio and Project Management Project Monitoring Monitor Project Progress .

7.1.2.2 Collaborations for Projects

This feature enables you to create and access a collaboration in SAP S/4HANA Cloud for intelligent product design from a project brief. The collaboration is linked to the project in the new Related Objects section of the project brief. Project managers and their teams can use project-related collaborations to plan project-related work items, assign them to the responsible team members, and report and monitor their execution.


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=http%3A%2F%2Fhelp.sap.com%2Fs4hana_ce_1805

Technical Details







To enable the use of this feature, you need to set up the integration of projects in SAP S/4HANA Cloud with collaborations in SAP S/4HANA Cloud for intelligent product design. For information about the required accounts and setup steps, see the setup instructions for scope item 1YF at http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 under SAP Best Practices for SAP S/4HANA Cloud.

See Also

For more information, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 under Product Assistance R&D / Engineering Enterprise Portfolio and Project Management Project Monitoring Project Briefs Collaborations for Projects .

7.1.2.3 Attachments for Project Briefs

This feature enables you to attach project-related documents to project briefs. As project manager or as a project financial controller responsible for the project, you can upload documents or create a link to the document URL in the new Attachments section of the project brief. You can rename and delete attachments. As a member of the project steering committee, you can open attachments from the project brief.

Technical Details




R&D/Engineering






See Also

For more information about the Project Briefs app, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 under Product Assistance R&D / Engineering Enterprise Portfolio and Project Management Project Monitoring Project Briefs .

7.1.2.4 App Extensibility: Project Briefs

This feature enables you to extend the Milestones section in the Project Briefs app according to your business needs.

Technical Details






See Also

For more information, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 under Product Assistance R&D / Engineering Enterprise Portfolio and Project Management Project Monitoring Project Briefs App Extensibility: Project Briefs .




7.1.2.5 App Extensibility: My Projects – Upcoming Milestones

This feature enables you to extend the My Projects – Upcoming Milestones app according to your business needs.

Technical Details






See Also

For more information, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 under Product Assistance R&D / Engineering Enterprise Portfolio and Project Management Project Monitoring Project Briefs App Extensibility: My Projects - Upcoming Milestones .

7.1.2.6 Natural Language Processing in Project Monitoring

This feature enables you, to use natural language when interacting with SAP CoPilot in Project Monitoring. It relies on the new Manage Projects skill, which is available in SAP CoPilot in the context of the Project Monitoring apps. This skill enables you to find projects with specific attributes and obtain information about their milestones, detailed status, and team members simply by conversing with SAP CoPilot.

Technical Details





R&D/Engineering




See Also

For more information, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 under Product Assistance R&D / Engineering Enterprise Portfolio and Project Management Project Monitoring SAP CoPilot in Project Monitoring and Skill: Manage Projects.

7.2 Integrated Product Development for Discrete Industries

7.2.1 Handover of Bill of Material to SAP Asset Intelligence Network

With this feature, you can hand over spare parts information to the SAP Asset Intelligence Network.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 2WK (Handover of Product Information to SAP Asset Intelligence Network)

Application Component PLM-FIO-BOM




See Also

For more information, look for Maintain Bill of Material under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance R&D/Engineering Integrated Product Development for Discreet Industries .

7.2.2 Delete Bill of Material With Change Number

With this feature, you can now delete a BOM header valid from a given date by supplying date-effectivity change number.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1R3 (Engineering Bill of Material - Versions Management)



See Also


7.2.3 Copying Material Bill of Material

With this feature, you can copy a material BOM to a new material BOM, which helps in managing BOM in an efficient way. You can also copy a date-dependent BOM to a new date-dependent BOM, a versioned BOM to a new versioned BOM, and components.


R&D/Engineering



Technical Details




Application Component LO-MD-BOM


See Also


7.2.4 Configuration for Bill of Material Usage (SSC UI)

With this feature, you can define and customize BOM usage and item statuses using the self-service configuration user interfaces (SSC UIs). You can define copy defaults for BOM usage and item status.

Technical Details






Additional Details

Name of the Configuration Item: BOM Usage

Name of the new SSC UIs:



● Define BOM Usage● Define Default Values for the Item Status● Define Copy Default for Item Status● Define Control Data for BOM Usage

7.2.5 Enhancements to Maintain Bill of Material App

You can now perform extensive search across multiple fields and recursion checks anywhere in the BOM hierarchy.

Technical Details






7.2.6 Performance Improvement for Versioned Material BOM

The core data services have been simplified for verisoned material BOM, which helps in improving the performance of versioned material BOM.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1NR (Engineering Bill of Material - Versions Management)




R&D/Engineering

7.2.7 API for Single-Level Where-Used List for Material BOM

With this feature, you can get all the single-level BOM header details of a component material.

Technical Details






7.2.8 Support Software Component on Bill of Material Explosion

With this feature, you can now view software component on BOM explosion. You can also retrieve the correct software version from the product master when no version is specified at the BOM item level.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item



7.2.9 Advanced Variant Configuration Integration with Production Order

With this feature, you can view configuration data on the Fast Entry tab page or on detailed Variant Configuration screen in production orders. For configurable materials, characteristic values are copied from the reference sales


order when the production order is being created. Any change to characteristics can be incorporated only by making the required changes in the reference sales order. For variant materials, the characteristic values are fetched from the product master.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1YT (Make-to-Order Production with Variant Configuration), 21D (Make-to-Stock Production with Variant Configuration)

Application Component LO-VCH


7.2.10 Advanced Variant Configuration Decimal Characteristics & Material Variant Selection

With this feature, you have support for decimal characteristics and interactive material variant selection. This provides you with the following benefits:

● You can see the differences of a partially matching product variant compared to the current valuation.● You can select a product variant to replace the configurable product in the sales order directly in the

configuration screen.● You can see fully matching product variants in the header area permanently (updated after every change).

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 21D (Make-to-Stock Production with Variant Configuration)

Application Component LO-VCH



R&D/Engineering

See Also

For more information, see:

http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance R&D / Engineering Integrated Product Development for Discrete Industries Advanced Variant Configuration Variant Matching



7.4 Integrated Product Development for Process Industries

7.4.1 SAP CoPilot in Recipe Development

With this feature, you can use SAP CoPilot in Fiori-based Recipe Development apps. SAP CoPilot allows you to work seamlessly across apps creating chats, taking notes, screenshots, and adding objects to the chat.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1QC (Formulation - Recipe Development)

Application Component PLM-FIO-RCP



See Also

For more information on SAP CoPilot, look for the section Working with SAP CoPilot under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Additional Information SAP Fiori Launchpad - User Guide Using the Launchpad .

7.4.2 My Recipe Overview

With this feature, you can see recipes that are most relevant for you on a single page, for example the list of your last accessed recipes and the recipes that are becoming valid on a weekly chart. You can also resize cards to see more content.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1QC (Formulation - Recipe Development)



See Also

For more information, look for My Recipe Overview under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance R&D/Engineering Integrated Product Development for Process Industries Recipe DevelopmentRecipe .

7.4.3 Date-Independent Search in Recipe Finder

With this feature you can search for recipes in Recipe Finder regardless of their validity, be it past, present, or future, and see all recipes that match your filter criteria without limiting your search to a specific date. If a search item is not present in the recipe throughout the recipe's entire validity, or its explosion path changes, the system will display warnings about the changes for each search item.


R&D/Engineering




Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 22R (Advanced Ingredient Replacement for Recipes)



See Also

For more information, look for the topic Searching and Analyzing Recipes under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance R&D/Engineering Integrated Product Development for Process Industries Recipe Development .

7.4.4 New Scenarios for Recipe Analysis

With this feature you can further refine and compare the results of the search you have executed in Recipe Finder using three different analysis scenarios: Analysis by Header Data, Analysis by Source, and Analysis by Search Item Quantity. This allows you to analyze data from different perspectives and visualize only the relevant information.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 22R (Advanced Ingredient Replacement for Recipes)






See Also

For more information, look for the topics Recipe Analysis - Header Data, Recipe Analysis - By Source, and Recipe Analysis - By Search Item Quantity under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance R&D/Engineering Integrated Product Development for Process Industries Recipe Development .

7.4.5 API for Recipe Header, Formula and Process

With this service you can read recipe-related classification data, and read and modify the following:

● recipe header data● recipe descriptions● process and formula items

Technical Details





See Also

This interface is also available in the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/ ).



R&D/Engineering



7.5.1 Engineering Bill of Material - Change Master Management

Use

The scope item now includes the following: Optional new functionality to create SAP Asset Intelligence Network model based on available product information from development (SAP Asset Intelligence Network is based on SAP Cloud Platform and requires an additional license)

New Self Service Configuration - BOM usage linked to BOM type

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 1R3






See also




http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F1R3

7.5.2 Project Review

Use

The scope item now includes the following: Project timeline reporting

● SAP CoPilot conversational enablement of project management● Project management integration with SAP Intelligent Product Design (IPD)● Attachments in project brief

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 1YF






See also



R&D/Engineering


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F1YF

7.5.3 Handover of Product Information to SAP Asset Intelligence Network

Use

This business process enables fast creation of the SAP Asset Intelligence Network model based on available product information by transferring this data from engineering to service.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2WK

Scope Item is New





See also




http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2WK

7.5.4 Advanced Ingredient Replacement for Recipes

Use


● Date independent search● Improvement of analytical functions

Technical Details







See also



R&D/Engineering



7.5.5 Engineering Bill of Material - Versions Management

Use

The scope item now includes the following: New Self Service Configuration: Bill of Material usage linked to Bill of Material type

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 1NR






See also




http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F1NR

7.5.6 Predictive Analytics Model Training - R&D/Engineering

Use

With this scope item, customers can utilize the embedded predictive analytics functionality in the SAP S/4HANA - R&D/Engineering scenarios such as PLM, EPPM, and so on.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2Y7

Scope Item is New





See also


7.5.7 Engineering Change Management with Change Records

Use



R&D/Engineering


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2Y7

● Integration of team from SAP Responsibility Management into Change Record

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 1NF






See also




http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F1NF

8 Human Resources

8.1 Core HR and Payroll

8.2 Time and Attendance Management

8.2.1 Approve Timesheet - My Inbox

With the Approve Timesheet-My Inbox app, the approver can approve or reject time entries directly from the unified My Inbox app.

With this application, the approver can also use the My Inbox feature like Manage my substitute.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Product Feature F3328 or Scope items J12 and Q14



Application Component CA-TS-S4



Human Resources

See Also

For more information, look for the section Approve Timesheets for the relevant cloud edition under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 > Product Assistance > Relevant Cloud Edition > Human Resources > Time and Attendance Management.

8.2.2 Manage My Timesheet

This app now enables you to:

● Group task types – With this new feature, you can now group task types for better classification and to support easier search.

● Record time of minimum 1 minute timeslot.● View timesheet records which are changed after approval.● Select and record time against each of your concurrent employment contracts.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Product Feature F1823 or Scope items J12 and Q14



Application Component CA-TS-S4


See Also

For more information about Manage My Timesheet, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 under Product Assistance Human Resources Time and Attendance Management .


What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805Human Resources P U B L I C 369




8.3.1 Time Recording

Use


● Handling of multiple active employments● BAdI to determine the approver for each time sheet record● Flexible interval for time recording● Time sheet approval concept using My Inbox

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 1Q4






See also



Human Resources


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F1Q4

8.3.2 Employee Integration - Employee Central Integration

Use

The scope item now includes the following: Replication of Currency Exchange Rates (preliminary version)

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item JB1






See also


What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805Human Resources P U B L I C 371


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2FJB1




Human Resources

9 Asset Management

9.1 Maintenance Operations

9.1.1 Simplified Management of EAM Functions 9

The Simplified Management of EAM Functions 9 Cloud Edition (LOG_EAM_SIMPLICITY_9_CE) business function enables you to enter measurement documents collectively for order confirmation while confirming jobs and enhances the maintenance plan creation process with copying in SAP Web UI for Plant Maintenance.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item BH1 (Corrective Maintenance), BH2 (Emergency Maintenance), BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)

Application Component PM (Plant Maintenance)


Additional Details

For more information about the functions that are included in this business function, see the following product feature release notes:

● Collective Entry of Measurement Documents for Order Confirmation [page 374]● Copying Maintenance Plan from Reference Maintenance Plan [page 375]

What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805Asset Management P U B L I C 373

9.1.1.1 Collective Entry of Measurement Documents for Order Confirmation

You can enter measurement readings collectively based on the object list of the related maintenance order or the technical objects assinged to the operation or suboperation. This way, the system helps you by defining the measuring points for which you can enter the measurement readings.

Technical Details






Required Business Function Simplified Management of EAM Functions 9 Cloud Edition (LOG_EAM_SIMPLICITY_9_CE)

Additional Details

If you select a maintenance order and click Edit and Confirm while confirming jobs, you can see the related operations of the maintenance order. If you select an operation, you can see its related measuring points under the Measurement Readings tab. With the Get Measuring Points from Object List option, you can enter measurement readings for the selected operation and the system creates new measurement documents.

NoteOnly active measuring points can have measurement documents.

You can check the measurement documents in the Display Measurement Document application by providing its ID.


To use this feature, you need to consider the following UI changes:

● The alignment of the Measurement Readings table has changed from being left-justified to being right-justified.


Asset Management

● You can see new fields called Technical Object, Technical Object Type, and Technical Object Description in the Measurement Readings table.

See Also

For more information, look for the topic Confirm Jobs under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Asset Management Maintenance Operations Maintenance Execution .

9.1.1.2 Copying Maintenance Plan from Reference Maintenance Plan

This feature enables you to create a maintenance plan by copying a reference maintenance plan.

Technical Details






Required Business Function Simplified Management of EAM Functions 9 Cloud Edition (LOG_EAM_SIMPLICITY_9_CE)

Additional Details

You can use this feature in the Create Maintenance Plan application. You may only copy a maintenance plan if you enable it as a template. If you want to set a reference maintenance plan as a copy template, you can do this in the Change Maintenance Plan application under Additional Functions Allow as Copy Template . You can set default values for the copy options in the Personalization application.

NoteYou cannot copy object lists and customer fields with the SAP S/4HANA Cloud feature. If you wish to copy these, use the SAP S/4HANA version of the feature.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805Asset Management P U B L I C 375


See Also

For more information, look for the topic Process Maintenance Plan under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Asset Management Maintenance Operations Maintenance Planning and Scheduling .

9.1.2 New Features for Find Maintenance Notification

The new enhancement for this application enables you to perform different actions. You can do the following:

● Select several maintenance notifications and assign them to an existing maintenance order● Select several maintenance notifications and make the system create one new maintenance order for each of

them

Technical Details






See Also

For more information, look for the topic Find Maintenance Notification under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Asset Management Maintenance Operations Finding Technical Objects and

Maintenance Execution .


Asset Management



10 Integration

10.1 Master Data Integration

10.1.1 Read Access Logging

With Read Access Logging (RAL), you can monitor and log access to personal data for the OData for Business Partner (API_BUSINESS_PARTNER) and Replicate Business Partner Outbound Data (BusinessPartnerSUITEBulkReplicateRequest_Out) interfaces.

Technical Details



Application Component LO-MD-BP


Additional Details

The RAL feature, enables you to monitor and log access to personal data for the following interfaces:

● OData for Business Partner (API_BUSINESS_PARTNER) - data referring to bank details and identification.● Replicate Business Partner Outbound Data (BusinessPartnerSUITEBulkReplicateRequest_Out) - data

referring to bank details, identification, and payment card details.

In OData for Business Partner, to perform GET operation for RAL relevant entities, the request header must contain a valid CSRF token.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805Integration P U B L I C 377

See Also

For more information, look for the section Read Access Logging (RAL) for the relevant cloud edition under see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Security Aspects Data Protection .

10.1.2 Extensibility in IDocs DEBMAS and CREMAS

You can extend customer and supplier master data using the Custom Fields and Logic app. A custom field can be added by choosing the corresponding business context. You can enable IDoc replication of custom fields by marking them as relevant for IDocs.

Technical Details





See Also

For more information about IDoc extensibility, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product AssistanceMaster Data Master Data Maintenance Integration IDocs DEBMAS and CREMAS .

10.1.3 Changed API for Product Master (OData)

The OData Service for Product Master (API_PRODUCT_SRV) is updated with the new entity A_ProductPlantMRP.

Technical Details



Integration



Application Component LO-MD-MM


See Also

For more information about the newly added entity, refer to the business documentation of OData Service for Product Master available at SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/ ).

10.1.4 Changed API for Product Master - Replicate Product (SOAP)

The web service for replicating product master data is updated with new nodes Valuation Area and MRP Area (under Plant). The new nodes are relevant for both inbound (ProductMDMBulkReplicateRequest_In) and outbound (ProductMDMBulkReplicateRequest_Out) interfaces.

Technical Details





See Also

For more information about the newly added entity, refer to the business documentation of Replicate Product from SAP S/4HANA System to Client and Replicate Product from Client to SAP S/4HANA System available at SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/




10.2 Business Network Integration

10.3 Configuration for cXML-Based Business Network Integration Moved to "Manage Your Solution"

Most of the configuration apps that you need for integrating SAP S/4HANA Cloud with the Ariba Network and with SAP Fieldglass via cXML have so far been available on the SAP Fiori Launchpad in the following business catalogs

● SAP Fieldglass Integration - Configuration (SAP_FG_BC_INT_CONFIGURE_MC)● Ariba Network - Buyer Integration Configuration (SAP_BN_BC_INT_CONFIGURE)● Ariba Network - Buyer Integration Configuration (SAP_BN_BC_INT_CONFIGURE_MC)

SAP S/4HANA CloudManage Your SolutionManage Your SolutionEnd to End Implementation Experience - Implementation CockpitSAP_CA_BC_IC_LNDSAP S/4HANA CloudSourcing and ProcurementIntegration

You are generally allowed to use a business catalog and its replacement in parallel for two releases. However, please reassign your affected roles and users in good time to the business catalog End to End Implementation Experience - Implementation Cockpit. You can use the app Business Catalogs to do this.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 19W (SAP Fieldglass - Invoice Integration with Finance), 22K (SAP Fieldglass - Service Procurement Integration), J82 (SAP Ariba Commerce Automation Integration), 19O (SAP Ariba Payables Integration), 1A0 (SAP Ariba Sourcing Integration)

Application Component BNS-INT-ARI

BNS-INT-FG



Integration

Additional Details

To integrateSAP S/4HANA Cloud with the Ariba Network, you have to use the following configuration steps in Manage Your Solution:

● Define Credentials and End Points for Ariba Network● Assign Ariba Network ID to Company Code● Incoming Invoice: Map Company Codes for Logistics Invoice Verification● Incoming Invoice: Map Tax Codes for Logistics Invoice Verification● Incoming Invoice: Map cXML Partner to Invoicing Party● Incoming Invoice: Enter Control Parameters for Log. Invoice Verification● CC Invoice: Map Tax Category for cXML Invoice● Invite Suppliers to the Ariba Network

To integrate SAP S/4HANA Cloud with SAP Fieldglass, you have to use the following configuration steps in Manage Your Solution:

● Define Credentials for SAP Fieldglass● Incoming Invoice: Map Company Codes for Logistics Invoice Verification● Incoming Invoice: Map Tax Codes for Logistics Invoice Verification● Incoming Invoice: Map cXML Partner to Invoicing Party● Incoming Invoice: Enter Control Parameters for Log. Invoice Verification

10.4 SAP Ariba Guided Buying Integration

This feature enables your employees to request catalog items, existing materials, or free-text items by adding them to a shopping cart in SAP Ariba Guided Buying. The shopping cart is replicated toSAP S/4HANA Cloud, where a purchase requisition is created. In the shopping cart, your employees can see the document numbers of the follow-on documents that were created in SAP S/4HANA Cloud.

Technical Details


Country Dependency Valid for all countris

Used in Scope Item 2NV (SAP Ariba Guided Buying Integration)

Application Component MM-PUR-SSP (Self-Service Procurement)



Additional Details


1. In SAP Ariba Guided Buying, an employee adds a catalog item to a shopping cart.2. When the employee submits the shopping cart for approval, a purchase requisition is created in SAP S/4HANA

Cloud with status “blocked”.3. Once the approver in SAP Ariba Guided Buying releases the shopping cart, the purchase requisition is

unblocked in SAP S/4HANA.4. In the shopping cart, the employee can see the document numbers of the follow-on documents that were

created in SAP S/4HANA Cloud (purchase order, goods receipt, supplier invoice).

See Also

For more information, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Sourcing and Procurement Integration Integration with SAP Ariba Integration with Ariba Applications (SOAP) .


10.5 Integration of SAP S/4HANA Procurement Cloud with Suppliers

The integration of SAP S/4HANA Procurement Cloud with Suppliers allows suppliers and buyers to exchange documents by using Web services based on the SOAP protocol.

Technical Details







Integration



Additional Details


1. The buyer in the SAP S/4HANA Cloud system sends a purchase order to an external SAP supplier system to order materials or lean services (services that are based on standard purchase order items).

NotePurchasing of external services (services based on non-standard purchase order items) is not supported.

2. The supplier sends an order confirmation to the SAP S/4HANA Cloud buyer system.3. The supplier sends an advanced shipping notification to the buyer system.4. The supplier sends an invoice to the buyer system.

See Also

For more information, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Sourcing and Procurement Integration .



10.6.1 SAP Mobile Cards

Use

SAP Mobile Cards allows users to mobilize and publish important business information instantly to their mobile devices.




Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2TU

Scope Item is New





See also


10.6.2 UI Theme Designer

Use

Apply your corporate branding to SAP S/4HANA Cloud by using the UI theme designer on SAP Cloud Platform.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2TV

Scope Item is New



Integration


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2TU




See also


10.7 Integration with SAP Localization Hub, Tax Service

Within this release, SAP Localization Hub, Tax Service is integrated with S/4HANA Cloud. This integration enables you to determine and calculate applicable country-specific taxes for a business transaction.

Technical Details




Application Component FI-LOC-TXS


See Also

For more information about SAP Localization Hub, Tax Service see https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/SLH_tax_service.



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2TV

https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/SLH_tax_service

https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/SLH_tax_service

11 Cross Components

11.1 Master Data Maintenance

11.1.1 Product Master

11.1.1.1 Manage Product Master Data

The Manage Product Master app has the Check for Potential Duplicates of Master Records, Mass Processing, and Validation of Custom Logic (Extensibility) features.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item Not Applicable




● Check for Potential Duplicates of Master Records - This feature feature allows the user to see whether potential duplicates exist for any product master data records. If duplicate records exist, the user then has the flexibility to either make changes to these records or to use these records to create new ones. During the


Cross Components

creation of a new master record, this feature also allows you to perform checks on the details of the record to ensure functional and technical correctness.

● Mass Processing - You can process multiple active products and multiple active variants of configurable products at a time using this feature.

● Validation of Custom Logic (Extensibility) - You can validate the custom logic that you implement in the Manage Product Master app using this feature.

See Also

For more information about features available in Manage Product Master Data see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Master Data Master Data Maintenance Product Master Manage Product Master Data Features

11.1.1.2 Business Event Handling

You can use the class Product Business Events (CL_MDM_PRD_EVENTS) for handling the business events for SAP Object Type Product.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item Not Applicable



See Also

For more information about features available in Manage Product Master Data see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Master Data Master Data Maintenance Product Master Business Event Handling

What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805Cross Components P U B L I C 387





11.1.2 Business Partner, Customer, and Supplier

11.1.2.1 OData for Manage Business Partner Master Data

The OData for Manage Business Partner Master Data replaces the OData for Manage Customer Master Data and Manage Supplier Master Data apps.

Technical Details





Additional Details


The OData for Manage Customer Master Data and Manage Supplier Master Data app will be deleted with SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1811<release when the app will be deleted; usually release plus 2 releases>.

For this redirection, you should perform the following tasks:

● Mark extension fields of Manage Customer Master Data and Manage Supplier Master Data apps relevant for Manage Business Partner Master Data

● Move already existing extension fields of Manage Customer Master Data and Manage Supplier Master Data apps to Manage Business Partner Master Data app.

You can make this change via Custom Fields and Logic app.

See Also


Cross Components

11.1.2.2 Multiple Assignment

You can assign multiple customers or multiple suppliers to the same business partner. You can maintain multiple addresses for the same business partner and assign one address to each additional customer or supplier record.

Technical Details



Application Component ● LO-MD-BP-CM● LO-MD-BP-VM


Additional Details

You can use multiple assignment feature via the following SAP Fiori apps:

● Manage Customer Master Data● Manage Supplier Master Data

See Also

For more information on multiple assignment, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product AssistanceMaster Data Master Data Management Business Partner/Customer/Supplier Manage Customer Master Data/Manage Supplier Master Data Multiple Assignment

11.1.2.3 Data Enrichment Integration

Integration with SAP S/4HANA Cloud for data enrichment enables you to enrich your existing business partner (only organization) master data by consuming from data providers, eliminating the risk of errors in manual data creation.


Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 2PL



Additional Details

You can use integration features via the following SAP Fiori apps:

● Manage Customer Master Data● Manage Supplier Master Data


By integrating with SAP S/4HANA Cloud for data enrichment, you can enrich master data by using features like search before create, import, and merge.


You can activate aggregated view for data enrichment. Find this configuration step under Manage Your SolutionConfigure Your Solution Cloud for Data Enrichment Maintain Aggregated View for Data Enrichment

See Also

● To enable SAP S/4HANA Cloud for data enrichment integration with SAP S/4HANA Cloud, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Master Data Master Data Management Business Partner/Customer/Supplier Data Enrichment Integration

● For more information on integration features, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product AssistanceMaster Data Master Data Management Business Partner/Customer/Supplier Manage Customer

Master Data/Manage Supplier Master Data Enrich Data


Cross Components

11.2 Master Data Governance

11.2.1 Master Data Governance, Consolidation and Mass Processing

These features enable you to run processes to consolidate and harmonize your master data. They also enable you to update multiple master data records at a time.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1N1 (Master Data Consolidation for Product), 1N3 (Master Data Consolidation for Business Partner), 1N5 (Mass Processing for Product), 1N7 (Mass Processing for Business Partner)

Application Component CA-MDG-CMP-FIORI


Additional Details

The application can be used for Product data and Business Partner data including Customer and Supplier.


Existing master data can be changed using consolidation or mass processing.


Processes for consolidation and mass processing are delivered. A configuration app is available for the matching step.


See Also

For more information, look for the section Master Data Consolidation under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance.

11.2.1.1 Consolidation

This feature enables you to consolidate your master data using a sequence of process steps. Each individual process step can be configured. Consolidation, in this case, refers to loading data, identifying duplicates, and finding the best records so that you have the best quality master data possible. It’s also possible to start a consolidation process for active records by using a selection step.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1N1, 1N3



Additional Details

The application can be used for Product data and Business Partner data including Customer and Supplier.


Existing master data can be changed using consolidation.


Processes for consolidation are delivered. A configuration app is available for the matching step.


Cross Components


See Also

For more information, look for the section Master Data Consolidation for the relevant cloud edition under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance.

11.2.1.2 Mass Processing

This feature enables you to update multiple master data records at a time. The function is available for the product and business partner (including customer and supplier) domains.

Technical Details


Country Dependency Valid in all countries

Used in Scope Item 1N5, 1N7



Additional Details

The application can be used for Product data and Business Partner data including Customer and Supplier.To update records, you select the fields and records you want to change. The system then displays a list of fields to change based on your selection.

Once you enter your changes, the system provides statistics on the changed fields and validates the data. You check the validated data and then activate it. Activation copies the data from the staging area to active memory, enabling the system to use it in business transactions.


Existing master data can be changed using mass processing.


See Also

For more information, look for the section Master Data Consolidation for the relevant cloud edition under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance.

11.2.2 Master Data Remediation and Process Analysis

Master Data Remediation for Product enables you to monitor product master data objects with errors and to display rules. You can remediate these objects with errors using single processing or mass processing to improve the data quality in your company. Process Analysis enables you to carry out root cause analysis of process quality issues related to product data and business partner data. You can also monitor process quality in consolidation and mass processes using various drill-down dimensions.

Master Data Remediation for Product provides the following key features:

● Select product data to be validated● Validate selected product data and transfer objects with errors to Master Data Remediation Worklist● Select evaluation setting and start the load of objects with errors● Check items for remediation and get detailed information about the rule description of violated rule and about

the product details● Initiate the correction process of product master data for a single object or multiple objects

Process Analysis provides the following key features:

● Check the product data and business partner data that is imported from consolidation and mass processes● Analyze change processes using different drill-downs on dimensions, such as, status, goal, and month of

creation● Keep a track of the avaerage processing time● You can navigate to the selected change process in consolidation or mass processing

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1MZ, 1N1, 1N3, 1N5, 1N7

Application Component CA-MDG-CMP-MM

CA-MDG-CMP-BP

CA-MDG-ADQ



Cross Components

See Also

For more information about features available in Master Data Remediation, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Master Data Master Data Governance Master Data Remediation for Product

For more information about features available in Process Analysis, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Master Data Master Data Governance Process Analysis

11.3 Analytics

11.3.1 Create Evaluation

This app is enhanced to create evaluations onlz using released CDS views and Smart Business relevant OData services.

Technical Details



Application Component CA-GTF-SB-S4H-DT

CA-GTF-SB-S4H-RT


See Also

For more information about Create Evaluation, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product AssistanceGeneric Information Analytics SAP Smart Business Modeler Apps .





11.3.2 Create KPI

This app is enhanced to create evaluations using released CDS views and Smart Business relevant OData services.

Technical Details




CA-GTF-SB-S4H-RT


See Also

For more information about Create KPI, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product AssistanceGeneric Information Analytics SAP Smart Business Modeler Apps .

11.3.3 Configure Drill-Down

This app is enhanced to include Waterfall chart.

Technical Details






Cross Components

See Also

For more information about Configure Drill-down, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Generic Information Analytics SAP Smart Business Modeler Apps .

11.3.4 KPI Workspace

This app is enhanced to disable copy of KPIs and its evaluations containing unreleased CDS views. If the KPI or the evaluation is created using an unreleased CDS view, a warning message indicating the status of the CDS view appears. However, you can edit the KPI or its evaluation and configure the details. If the KPI has a released CDS view and its underlying evaluation has an unreleased CDS view, then the KPI will be copied except for evaluation with unreleased CDS view. Also, copy is enabled only for KPIs and evaluations which has Smart Business relevant OData services.

Technical Details




CA-GTF-SB-S4H-RT


See Also

For more information about KPI Workspace, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product AssistanceGeneric Information Analytics SAP Smart Business Modeler Apps .

11.3.5 Smart Business Runtime Environment

The Save As option at runtime is enhanced to save the tile with different tile format and main measure.


Technical Details



Application Component CA-GTF-SB-S4H-RT


See Also

For more information about Smart Business Runtime Environment, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805Product Assistance Generic Information Analytics SAP Smart Business Modeler Apps .

11.3.6 Create Tile for Analytics Cloud Stories

This app is enhanced to list all the Analytic Cloud stories that is created from the query that is connected to SAP S/4HANA system.

Technical Details



Application Component CA-GTF-VDM-BOC


See Also

For more information about Create Tile for Analytics Cloud Stories, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805Product Assistance Generic Information Analytics .


Cross Components

11.4 Situation Handling

11.4.1 Monitor Situations

With this feature you can monitor and analyze the status of situation instances in the Analytical List Page app Monitor Situations.

Technical Details




Application Component CA-SIT-DA


See Also

For more information about the Monitor Situations app, see "http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805" under Product Assistance General Information Situation Handling Monitor Situations .

11.4.2 Manage Situation Types

This feature enables you to:

● Adapt situation handling conditions and refine them by using attributes to add selection criteria.● Maintain links to additional information related to a situation type. For example, a URL to information that

helps resolve a situation. The URL is displayed in the situation message on the object page.● Navigate to the Monitor Situations app that lets you monitor and analyze the handling of situations using the

Monitor Situations button.


Technical Details



Application Component CA-SIT-WB


See Also

For more information, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Generic InformationSituation Handling Manage Situation Types

11.5 Feature Management

11.5.1 Activate New Features

This feature enables you to view and activate new features. Even if you do not activate the new features, they are automatically active in the next release.

By activating and using the new features, you can familiarzie yourself with the way the features work and also analyze their impact.

Features need to be activated separately in the quality system and the production system. This lets you test features in the quality system before activating them in the production system.

Technical Details



Application Component CA-GTF-FM


Cross Components



See Also

For more information, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Generic InformationFeature Management Activate New Features

11.6 Manage Teams and Responsibilities

This feature enables you to manage teams, responsibility definitions, team members and their functions in Responsibility Management.

Responsibility definitions were earlier known as attributes.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1NJ (Responsibility Determination)

Application Component CA-GTF-RM



The Map Function Profiles to Standard Team Category SSC UI app is available instead of the Define Team Category SSC UI app.

The SSC UI apps are grouped into these two groups:

● Functions○ Define Functions○ Define Function Profiles○ Map Function Profiles to Standard Team Category

● Teams



○ Define Team Types

See Also

For more information, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 under Product Assistance Generic Information Responsibility Management Manage Teams and Responsibilities


11.7.1 Mass Processing for Business Partner

Use


● Perform mass processing for SAP business partner● File upload feature to upload changes to business objects in .CSV and Office Open XML format.● Edit UI for single record changes and mass operations● Validation step to check the data for consistency● Perform analytics for each process step including drill-down capabilities● Split and remove data from the process● Mass change of business partner relationships

NEW in 1805:

● Support of multiple assignments● Support of classification data● File export feature into Office Open XML format.● Process analytics


Cross Components


Technical Details







See also


11.7.2 Master Data Consolidation for Product

Use


● Perform consolidation for SAP product master● Use a process UI to start and monitor consolidation processes for tables and fields including edit capabilities● Use matching capabilities to find duplicates● Display match review UI to approve or reject matching results● Use configurable best-record calculation● Use best record calculation UI to check and amend the result data● Perform analytics for each process step including drill-down capabilities● Split and remove data from the process● Support of classification data● Consolidate active records

NEW in 1805:




● Perform manual deletions in best record calculation● Allow revalidation when changing data● Process analytics

Technical Details







See also


11.7.3 Mass Processing for Product

Use


● Perform mass processing for SAP product master● File upload feature to upload changes to business objects in .CSV and Office Open XML format● Edit UI for single record changes and mass operations● Validation step to check the data for consistency● Perform analytics for each process step including drill-down capabilities


Cross Components



● Split and remove data from the process

NEW in 1805:

● Support classification data● File export feature into Office Open XML format to start a mass process based on the changes in the file● Process analytics

Technical Details







See also


11.7.4 Mass Load and Mass Maintenance for Product

Use

The scope item now includes the following: Mass Load scenario added:

● Perform consolidation load for SAP product master● Use a process UI to start and monitor load processes for tables and fields including edit capabilities




● Perform analytics for each process step including drill-down capabilities● Split and remove data from the process● Support classification data● Allow revalidation when changing data

New in Mass Maintenance:

● Support classification data● Start mass maintenance process based on file changes with the file export feature into Office Open XML

format

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 1RM






See also


11.7.5 Master Data Consolidation for Business Partner

Use



Cross Components


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F1RM

● Perform consolidation for SAP business partner● Use a process UI to start and monitor consolidation processes for tables and fields including edit capabilities

● Use matching capabilities to find duplicates

● Display match review UI to approve or reject matching results

● Use configurable best-record calculation

● Use best record calculation UI to check and amend the result data

● Perform analytics for each process step including drill-down capabilities

● Split and remove data from the process

● Support of classification data

● Consolidate active records

● Consolidate business partner relationships

NEW in 1805:

● Support of multiple assignments

● Manual deletions in Best Record Calculation

● Allow revalidation when changing data● Process analytics

Technical Details







See also





11.7.6 Mass Load and Mass Maintenance for Business Partner

Use

The scope item now includes the following: Mass Load scenario added:

● Perform Consolidation Load for SAP Business Partner● Use a process UI to start and monitor load processes for tables and fields including edit capabilities● Perform analytics for each process step including drill-down capabilities● Split and remove data from the process● Support of classification data● Support of multiple assignments● Allow revalidation when changing data

New in Mass Maintenance:

● Support of multiple assignments● Support of classification data● File export feature into Office Open XML format to start a mass maintenance process based on the changes in

the file

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 1RK







Cross Components


See also


11.7.7 Data Migration to SAP S/4HANA from File

Use


● New and updated migration objects cover a broader range of business objects● The Data Migration Status app checks the status of the data migration objects

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item BH5






See also



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F1RK


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2FBH5

11.7.8 Continuous Control Monitoring Integration

Use

The scope item now includes the following: The set-up instructions have been updated.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2OH






See also


11.7.9 Integration to SAP S/4HANA Cloud for Data Enrichment

Use

The integration of SAP S/4HANA Cloud with SAP S/4HANA Cloud for Data Enrichment offers an out-of-the-box connector to enrich master data using data from one or more third-party vendors.


Cross Components


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2OH

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2PL

Scope Item is New





See also


11.7.10 SAP Global Trade Services Integration for Compliance Management

Use

The scope item now includes the following: Import compliance management in SAP Global Trade Services with transfer of relevant purchasing documents is now supported.

Technical Details





http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2PL





See also


11.7.11 SAP S/4HANA Cloud Integration with SAP Hybris Marketing Cloud

Use

The scope item now includes the following: Product master data replication

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 1UG




Cross Components






See also


11.7.12 Integration with SAP Hybris Service Engagement Center

Use

The scope item now includes the following: You can view selected SAP S/4HANA Cloud business objects in SAP Hybris Service Engagement Center.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 23D






http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F1UG



See also


11.7.13 Data Migration to SAP S/4HANA from Staging

Use

Customers can migrate data into SAP S/4HANA Cloud from legacy systems, using a staging area with staging tables as a source for the SAP S/4HANA Migration Cockpit.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2Q2

Scope Item is New






Cross Components


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F23D


See also


11.7.14 Data Protection and Privacy

Use


● The Information Retrieval Framework offers functions to search for and retrieve all personal data for a specified data subject and displays the search results in a comprehensive and structured list, subdivided according to the purpose for which the data was collected and processed.

● Consent management provides functionality to manage consent data. It allows import, search, and display of consent records. Additionally, managing retention of consent data, controlling access to consent data, and supporting the process of blocking and deletion of master data is built into the solution.

Technical Details








http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2Q2


See also


11.7.15 Output Management

Use

The scope item now includes the following: A significant enhancement has been made to e-mail template assignment in this release that increases the overall flexibility and usability of the e-mail channel under the SAP S/4HANA output management framework. In this enhancement (a new SSCUI app for e-mail template assignment), users can specify the e-mail templates allowed for various application object and output type combinations. Best practice content describes how to enable and configure this feature in SAP S/4HANA Cloud.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 1LQ






See also



Cross Components

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F1J7


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F1LQ

11.7.16 SAP Hybris Revenue Cloud Integration: Sales Billing

Use

The scope item now includes the following: You can download invoices as PDF.

Technical Details

Technical Name of Scope Item 2AP






See also


11.8 Data Migration



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2F%23%2Fbrowse%2Fcategories%2Fsap_s%25254hana%2Fareas%2Fcloud%2Fpackageversions%2FBP_CLD_ENTPR%2FS4CLD%2F1805%2FDE%2F12%2FEN%2Fscopeitems%2F2AP

11.8.1 Migrate Your Data


● Start and execute data migration● Use pre-defined migration objects

This feature now includes the following:

● Additional data migration objects included

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item BH5 (Data Migration to SAP S/4HANA from File), 2Q2 (Data Migration to SAP S/4HANA from Staging)

Application Component CA-LT-MC




See Also

For more information about the scope items and additional deliverables, refer to the fact sheets BH5 (Data Migration to SAP S/4HANA from File) and 2Q2 (Data Migration to SAP S/4HANA from Staging) in the SAP Best Practices Explorer.

11.8.2 Data Migration Status


● Get an overview of started migration projects● See detailed statuses for all records


Cross Components

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Fsupport.sap.com%2Fcontent%2Fdam%2FSAAP%2FSol_Pack%2FLibrary%2FGeneral%2FS4CLD1802_SSCUI_List_EN_XX.xlsx

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2Fscopeitems%2FBH5


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https%3A%2F%2Frapid.sap.com%2Fbp%2Fscopeitems%2F2Q2

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item BH5 (Data Migration to SAP S/4HANA from File)

Application Component CA-GTF-MIG


See Also

For more information about the scope item and additional deliverables, refer to the fact sheet BH5 (Data Migration to SAP S/4HANA from File) in the SAP Best Practices Explorer.

11.9 Message Monitoring

This feature enables you to monitor cross-system interfaces and their data messages. You can execute error handling and restart or cancel messages.

For the message monitoring feature, there are new business catalogs available to better address the different roles inside your organization. These catalogs come with a streamlined set of apps, including new and existing ones.

Technical Details




Application Component CA-GTF-AIF





Additional Details

There are the following new business catalogs:

● SAP_CA_BC_COM_ERR_PC (Communication Management - Message Monitoring and Error Handling)● SAP_CA_BC_COM_EXT_ERR_PC (Communication Management - Message Monitoring and Extended Error

Handling)● SAP_CA_BC_COM_CONF_PC (Communication Management - Message Monitoring Configuration)

There is one new app that is not replacing an old one but introduces new capabilities. With the Configure Value Mappings app you can configure value mappings for interfaces transferring master data. You can map field values of the external (sending) system to a field value of the internal (receiving) system.


The new business catalogs replace the SAP_CA_BC_COM_PC (Communication Management - Message Monitoring) business catalog. You are generally allowed to use a business catalog and its replacements in parallel for two releases. However, for the new business catalogs, this procedure is not possible, because this may lead to data inconsistencies. Therefore, you need to reassign your roles and users to the new business catalogs immediately by using the app Business Catalogs.

The new app Assign Recipients to Users replaces the Assign Recipients and My Recipients apps. The Assign Recipients and My Recipients apps will be deleted with SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1811.

The app Message Dashboard covers the functions of the Interface Monitor app. The Interface Monitor app will be deleted with SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1811.

11.10 Custom Analytical Queries

Technical Details



Application Component BC-SRV-APS-EXT-AQD


Additional Details

The user interface has been enhanced with:


Cross Components

● Delete Draft button to delete the draft version of the particular query.● Predefined analytical functions - ABS().● Settings icon to define the column properties. You can select the columns you wish to see on the Home page.

See Also

For more information about this app, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Generic Information General Functions for the Key User Extensibility Custom Analytical Queries .

11.11 Maintain Clickjacking Protection Whitelist

By default, clickjacking protection is active in SAP S/4 HANA Cloud to protect your systems against malicious clickjacking. If the SAP S/4 HANA Cloud system is embedded into another application, for example SAP Cloud for Customer, the check determines whether the other application is secure. This feature allows you to define secure applications by adding trusted hosts to the clickjacking protection whitelist.

Technical Details




Application Component BC-SEC


11.12 Custom Reusable Elements

With this app, you can modularize your custom code and thus to structure your custom code according to your requirements. You can use this app to create Custom Libraries and organize your methods as required in order to have a single point of entry for your implementations. This app is specifically designed for custom code reuse and supports your productivity and efficiency.


Technical Details




Application Component BC-SRV-APS-EXT-BL


11.13 Custom Fields and Logic

You can now delete already transported custom fields in the Custom Fields and Logic app, there are three new field types available, and some UI labels have changed.

Technical Details




Application Component BC-SRV-APS-EXT-FLD


Additional Details

● You can now delete already transported custom fields in the Custom Fields and Logic App:

TipWhen you delete an already transported field, the contained data is saved for 18 months. If you need to recover the data of a deleted custom fields, open an incident for the component BC-SRV-APS-EXT-FLD .

● You have three new field types available, when you create a custom field:○ Numercial Text


Cross Components

○ Phone Number○ Timestamp

● The UI labels Implementation Description and Implementation ID on the Custom logic tab have been changed to BAdI Description and BAdI ID.

11.14 Export Software Collection

With Move Items, you can move an already transported item from one software collection to another software collection.

Technical Details




Application Component BC-SRV-APS-EXT-SL


11.15 Maintain Business Users

The Maintain Business Users app now supports read-only access.

Technical Details




Application Component BC-SRV-APS-IAM



See Also

For more information about the Maintain Business Users app, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805Product Assistance Generic Information General Functions for the Key User Identity and Access Management

Maintain Business Users .

Related Information


11.16 Maintain Business Roles

If you are upgrading from a lower release, please be aware that read-only access is now supported for the Maintain Business Roles app.

Technical Details




Application Component BC-SRV-APS-IAM


Additional Details

All roles containing one of the business catalogs in which the Write option was set to No access have been migrated. As a consequence, the impacted role settings have changed as follows:

1. Write access is set to Unrestricted if their assigned business catalogs do not have any restriction type.2. Write access is set to Restricted if their assigned business catalogs contain one or more restriction types.

Please check if the roles you have previously configured still meet your requirements.

This applies to the following business catalogs:


Cross Components


● SAP_CORE_BC_IAM● SAP_CORE_BC_IAM_RM● SAP_CORE_BC_IAM_RA● SAP_CORE_BC_IAM_UM

See Also

For more information about the Maintain Business Roles app, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805Product Assistance Generic Information General Functions for the Key User Identity and Access Management

Maintain Business Roles .

Related Information


11.17 Service Interfaces for Business User Management

11.17.1 New API for Business User - Create, Update, Delete

This synchronous inbound SOAP service enables you to use the same users from your external data source such as an identity management system in SAP S/4HANA Cloud. You can maintain the following user attributes:

● DateFormatCode● DecimalFormatCode● TimeZoneCode● TimeFormatCode● LockedIndicator● Roles

You can also assign business role IDs to the users.



Technical Details



Used in Scope Item No scope item is required

Application Component CA-GTF-BUM


Additional Details

This service does not support:

● Business users of type Service Performer (BBP005)● Business users of type Freelancer (BBP010)

It is not possible to maintain the following user attributes:

● UserName● LogonLanguageCode

See Also


11.17.2 New API for Business User - Read

This synchronous inbound SOAP service enables you to provision users from your external data source such as an identity management system in SAP S/4HANA Cloud.

Technical Details




Cross Components



Application Component CA-GTF-BUM


Additional Details

This service does not support:

● Business users of type Service Performer (BBP005)● Business users of type Freelancer (BBP010)

See Also


11.18 Browse Enterprise Search Models

This app is enhanced to include the new objects, Authorization Objects and Access Conditions to the Authorization tab.

Authorization Objects displays the list of different objects available in the Data Control Language (DCL) view as well as the relevant details.

The Access Conditions object on the View Model Details screen displays conditions that restrict the search result set for the selected search model. The View CDS Details screen displays the conditions that restrict the result set for the selected CDS view.

Technical Details



Application Component CA-GTF-HSB




See Also

For more information about Browse Enterprise Search Model, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805Product Assistance Generic Information Search Browse Enterprise Search Model .

11.19 Assign Topic Filters (SSC UI)

The new SSC UI enables you to assign topic filters to the channel. You can define which events should be pushed to the channel by binding the related topic filters to that channel.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item Business Event Handling

Application Component OPU-BSE-BEP


11.20 Configure Read Access Logging

This feature enables you to define purposes of Read Access Logging, define semantic grouping of fields to be logged, manage recordings of application user interfaces, change predelivered configurations of what to log, enable Read Access Logging in the current client, and check runtime errors and see changes to configurations.

Technical Details





Cross Components

Application Component BC-SEC-RAL


See Also

For more information about Read Access Logging, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805: Product Assistance Generic Information General Functions for the Key User Read Access Logging .

11.21 Monitor Read Access Logging

This feature enables you to choose a data source, search for log entries, and evaluate log entries.

Technical Details






See Also


11.22 Show Change Documents

This feature enables you to search for change document objects and display a list of change documents.




Technical Details




Application Component BC-SRV-ASF-CHD


See Also

For more information about Read Access Logging, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805: Product Assistance Generic Information General Functions for the Key User Show Change Documents .

11.23 Legal Content Management

11.23.1 Manage Contexts

The extensibility feature enables you to extend the Manage Contexts app according to your business needs. Use the enhancement option Legal Content Management: Legal Context to extend the legal context header.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1XV(SAP S/4HANA for Legal Content)

Application Component LCM-CTX



Cross Components


Additional Details

You can implement logic for the following enhancement options:

● Legal Content Management: Legal ContextYou can make custom fields available in Manage Legal Transaction application, and a handover of data is also possible by using business scenarios. After enabling the extension field for a business scenario, the value of this field is copied from legal context to legal transaction.

See Also

For more information about Extensibility, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product AssistanceGeneric Information General Functions for the Key User .

For more information, look for the Manage Contexts section under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 under Product Assistance Enterprise Information Management Legal Content Management Contexts Manage

Contexts App Extensibility: Manage Contexts

11.23.2 Manage Legal Transactions

The extensibility feature enables you to extend the Manage Legal Transactions app according to your business needs. Use the enhancement option Legal Content Management: Legal Transaction to extend the legal transaction header.

You can use additional filter options for the list report in the header section to search for specific legal transactions.

Technical Details




Application Component LCM-LT





Additional Details

You can use the additional filter options provided in the header of the Manage Legal Transaction app. These filters help you to search for a specific legal transaction by filtering more parameters like entity, entity type, contact, contact types, categories and so on.

See Also


For more information, look for the Manage Contexts section under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 under Product Assistance Enterprise Information Management Legal Content Management Legal Transactions

Manage Legal Transactions App Extensibility: Manage Legal Transactions .

11.23.3 Manage Legal Documents

The Extensibility feature enables you to extend the Manage Legal Documents app according to your business needs. Use the enhancement option Legal Content Management: Legal Document to extend the legal document header.

Technical Details




Application Component LCM-DOC


See Also



Cross Components




For more information, look for the Manage Legal Documents section at http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 under Product Assistance Enterprise Information Management Legal Content Management DocumentsManage Legal Documents App Extensibility: Manage Legal Documents .

11.24 ILM Data Destruction

Use the ILM Data Destruction app, to schedule destruction runs for expired archive files or using data destruction objects.

Technical Details


Country Dependency Valid for all countries.

Used in Scope Item 1KA

Application Component BC-ILM-FIO


See Also

For more information about ILM Data Destruction, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Generic Information General Functions for the Key User Information Lifecycle Management ILM Data Destruction

11.25 View Replication

This feature enables you to replicate released CDS views and data from an SAP S/4HANA Cloud system to an SAP Cloud Platform (SCP) target system.

NoteThe functionality for replicating CDS views is restricted to a select set of customers. If you want to know more, please contact your sales team.



With this feature you can:

● Enable authorized users to replicate data. Users with restricted access (display only) can view the replication status and logs.

● See the replication status which is refreshed automatically after views are published.● Generate HANA CDS Wrapper Views in a HANA DB on the SAP Cloud Platform. For more information, see

2589286● Choose Show Details to see information about CDS view tables along with the last data sync for each table.

This also includes views that are being replicated.

Technical Details



Application Component CA-GTF-EI-VP-UI



Deleting a target system configuration results in a master data reset that deletes all the views, tables, and data in the target system.


Adding released CDS views might result in sensitive personal data being replicated.


A system administrator must complete the required configuration so that users can publish (replicate/delete) data. For more information, see the Set-Up Instructions (Customer Guide) published on SAP Activate.

11.26 Extensibility Cockpit

With this feature you can:


Cross Components

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://launchpad.support.sap.com/#/notes/2589286

● Extend the search to extensible objects● Search for the name and description of extensible objects● View additional search results before navigating to extensible objects● Navigate directly to the corresponding extensible object from the Additional Search Results column

Technical Details



Application Component CA-GTF-EI-EXC



A system administrator must complete the required configuration so that users can view data in the app. For more information, see the Set-Up Instructions (Customer Guide) published on SAP Activate.

See Also

For more information, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 under Product Assistance Generic Information Extensibility Extensibility Cockpit

11.27 Launch and Navigation Behavior for Classic UIs

The default navigation behavior for launching and navigating to SAP Fiori apps that still make use of classic UI technologies (SAP GUI for HTML, Web-Dynpro) has been changed from ex-place to in-place. Like UI5 apps, these apps will launch in the same window as the calling application, and no new window will be opened anymore.

This feature allows for improved performance of app launching and ensures consistency in the navigation handling across all UI technologies.



Technical Details


Country Dependency Valid for all Countries


Application Component CA-UI2-INT-FE


11.28 Improved Authorization Checks for Value Helps

You now have the possibility to restrict the objects displayed in a value help used by the apps in a business role by maintaining dedicated value help restrictions.

Technical Details




Application Component CA


Additional Details

This new feature allows you to define access to business objects for end users in more fine granular manner. When enabled for a business catalog you can differentiate between READ and Value Help. You can maintain dedicated instance-based restrictions for value helps without the need to maintain read restrictions for objects displayed in value helps.

NoteWhen you maintain a read restriction this will always include the value help restriction for the same objects.


Cross Components


Value helps that previously did not support the restriction of the displayed objects will continue to show all objects also after the upgrade.

Value helps that have been previously restricted via a read access restriction will keep the existing access restriction as before.


If you have defined business roles with restriction settings, we recommend that you review these restricted roles after the upgrade in order to evaluate the newly offered restriction types for value help access. When appropriate in the context of your authorization concept, you may define additional value help restrictions for a role. This may be advisable for value helps that deal with sensitive data.

See Also

For more information about handling roles and authorizations, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805Product Assistance Generic Information General Functions for the Key User Identity and Access Management

Maintain Business Roles



11.30 Consent Management

This feature enables you to search for and display stored consent records as well as to import consent records as copies from a file on your device. In addition, the feature helps you to manage the retention of consent data, to control access to consent data as well as to support the process of blocking and deletion of business partner master data.


Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1J7 (Data Protection and Privacy)

Application Component CA-GTF-CON


Additional Details

Consent Management features are available using the following apps:

● Manage ConsentsWith this app you can search for and display consent records that you have imported from a file on your device. The system provides a detailed list containing consent information, for example information regarding the purpose for processing personal data, the data controller or third parties who are possibly involved in data processing.

● Import Consents from FileWith this app you can import consent data from a file that is stored on your device. To do so, the data must be available in JSON format.

● Analyze Consent Import LogsWith this app you can search for and display the import logs that were created during the import process of consent records. In addition, the app enables you to analyze the log entries by getting more information about the logs and their messages.

See Also

● For more information about Consent Management, see the Product Assistance at SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805 under Cross Components Data Protection Consent Management .

● For more information about the JSON file structure required for the import of consent data, see SAP Note 2607792 .

11.31 Information Retrieval

With this feature you can search for and retrieve all personal data related to a specified business partner.


Cross Components

https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/SAP_S4HANA_CLOUD


Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1J7 (Data Protection and Privacy)

Application Component CA-GTF-INF


Additional Details

Information retrieval is available by using the following apps:

● Start Data Collection:With this app you can trigger the automated retrieval of all personal data of a specified business partner.

● Process Data Collection ResultsWith this app you can display and download the search results of the data collection process triggered by using the Start Data Collection app. The app shows a structured, easy-to-read list of all personal data related to the business partner specified, subdivided according to the purpose for which the data was processed.

See Also

For more information about the Start Data Collection app and the Process Data Collection Results app, see documentation for S/4HANA Cloud 1805 under Product Assistance Generic Information General Functions for the Key User Information Retrieval .

For more information about data protection, see documentation for S/4HANA Cloud 1805 under Product Assistance Generic Information Security Aspects Data Protection .

11.32 SAP CoPilot Supports Natural Language Interaction

In SAP CoPilot you can use natural language to interact with the SAP S/4HANA Cloud. For example: You can search for a product and create a purchase requisition for it by giving SAP CoPilot simple commands instead of opening the corresponding app and filling all relevant fields manually.

This feature is available for selected processes via skills. A list of available skills can be displayed in the skill section of SAP CoPilot by using the command “help”.




NoteNatural language interaction is only supporting English.

Technical Details






Cross Components

12 Country Specifics

12.1 Brazil

12.1.1 Cross-Application

12.1.1.1 Configuration for Nota Fiscal

With this release, the Configure Your Solution app has new configuration steps for making settings related to Nota Fiscal.

Technical Details


Country Dependency Valid only for Brazil

Used in Scope Item 1J5 and 2RP

Application Component FI-LOC-LO-BR


What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805Country Specifics P U B L I C 441

Additional Details

The following new configuration steps for Nota Fiscal are available:

Service Types

● Define Official Service Types for Incoming Notas Fiscais (Mandatory)Make settings related to service types to process the Brazilian service tax.

● Define Official Service Types for Outgoing Notas Fiscais (Mandatory)Maintain official service types for outgoing services, which refer to those that you provide and for which you issue a nota fiscal.

● Assign Official Service Types to Generic Service Types (Recommended)Assign official service types to generic service types according to tax jurisdictions.

● Assign Official Service Types to Material Numbers (Recommended)Assign official service types to material numbers according to tax jurisdictions.Find these configuration steps under Logistics Miscellaneous Brazil Service Types .

Electronic Fiscal Documents

● Reason for Contingency (Recommended)Define contingency reason codes and their corresponding descriptions.

● Reason for Cancellation/Skipping (Recommended)Define possible reasons to cancel or skip an electronic fiscal document.

● Units of Measurement (Recommended)Define tributary unit of measures according to Brazilian tax laws.

● Freight Mode Determination (Recommended)Define which type of freight the system combines with each incoterm that you have defined.

Find these configuration steps under Logistics Miscellaneous Brazil Electronic Fiscal Documents .

Screen Control for Fiscal Documents

● Screen Control for Tabs and Subscreens (Item) (Recommended)Define the screen controls for tabs and subscreens in the item level, such as the <Fuel> and <Vehicle> tabs, that the system will display during the maintenance of NF documents.

● Screen Control for Tabs and Subscreens (Header) (Recommended)Define the screen controls for tabs and subscreens in the header level, such as the <Collection> and <Additional Information> tabs, that the system will display during the maintenance of NF documents.

● Screen Control for Fields (Item) (Recommended)Define the screen controls for fields in the item level, such as the <Item> and <Tax> fields, that the system will display during the maintenance of NF documents.

● Screen Control for Fields (Header) (Recommended)Define the screen controls for fields in the header level that the system displays during the maintenance of NF documents.

● Assign Screen Controls to NF Type (Recommended)Determine how nota fiscal documents are maintained, that is, created, displayed or changed, from different access points within the system.

Find these configuration steps under Logistics Miscellaneous Brazil Screen Control for Fiscal Documents .


Country Specifics



See Also


12.1.1.2 Define CPOM for Plants

This feature enables you to define if your plant is relevant for CPOM (Cadastro de Prestadores de Serviços de Outros Municípios) in integration with TaaS (Tax as a Service).

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item J13 and J14



12.1.1.3 Define CPOM for Service Provider

This feature enables you to define if the service provider is relevant for CPOM (Cadastro de Prestadores de Serviços de Outros Municípios) in integration with TaaS (Tax as a Service).


Technical Details



Used in Scope Item J13 and J14



12.1.1.4 Define Withholding Tax Accumulation for Plants

This feature enables you to define if your plant accumulates the withholding tax in integration with TaaS (Tax as a Service).

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item BD9 and BNX



12.1.1.5 Define Withholding Tax Accumulation for Customers

This feature enables you to define if the customer accumulates the withholding tax in integration with TaaS (Tax as a Service).

Technical Details



Country Specifics





12.1.1.6 Define Tax Classification for Material or Service

This feature enables you to define a tax classification code for an specific material or service. TaaS (Tax as a Service) partner systems require a tax classification code for different materials or services.

Technical Details






12.1.1.7 Define Numbering Parameters for NF-e

With this release, the Brazil Service Types app delivers new settings related to Electronic Fiscal Documents.

Technical Details







Additional Details

The following new configuration steps for Nota Fiscal are available:

Business Place● Define Numbering Parameters for NF-e (Mandatory)

Define numbering parameters for Brazil, for NF-e scenario, and specify relevant criteria for each company..Find this configuration step under Logistics Miscellaneous Brazil Service Types .



See Also


12.1.1.8 Calculation of INSS and IRRF in Notas Fiscais

This feature enables the calculation of INSS and IRRF in the nota fiscal. The taxes are calculated by Tax as a Service (TaaS) partners and are stored in the pricing conditions of sales transactions.

Technical Details




Country Specifics

Used in Scope Item 2EQ and J14



Additional Details

To enable the calculation of these taxes, we deliver the following new condition types:

● INSS

Condition Condition Type Short Description

Tax Value BX9Q INSS Amount

Tax Base BX9R INSS Base

Tax Rate BX9S INSS Rate

● IRRF

Condition Condition Type Short Description

Tax Value BX9T IRRF Amount

Tax Base BX9U IRRF Base

Tax Rate BX9V IRRF Rate

These conditions types are valid for MM and SD and are grouped in the following Tax Groups:

Tax Tax Group

INSS INSS

IRRF IRRF

For each one of the groups, we deliver a Tax Type for Nota Fiscal tax line entries:

Tax Group Tax Type

INSS ISSW

IRRF IRRW


12.1.1.9 OData Service for Purchase Order API

This feature enables you to create, read, update and delete purchase orders with the data provided in a payload, in an API call. It is based on the OData protocol, and can be consumed in Fiori apps and on other user interfaces.

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item BNX, J13 and 22Z



12.1.1.10 SLH - NF-e Integration

With this release, the SAP Localization Hub, NF-e delivers the integration to 1709 and 1805 releases.

Technical Details






SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805

See Also

For more information about configuration steps for SLH - NF-e, see Configuration Guide at https://help.sap.com/viewer/DRAFT/57b4c0cf5d7b46458a7dbe421f87ff3a/2.0.0/en-US


Country Specifics

https://help.sap.com/viewer/DRAFT/57b4c0cf5d7b46458a7dbe421f87ff3a/2.0.0/en-US

https://help.sap.com/viewer/DRAFT/57b4c0cf5d7b46458a7dbe421f87ff3a/2.0.0/en-US

.

12.1.1.11 Extensibility for Subcontracting Processes

This feature enables you to calculate ICMS, IPI, PIS, and/or COFINS for component shipments in subcontracting processes.

To calculate these taxes, you use the following Business Add-In (BAdI):

● BADI_J1B_SUBCONTRACTING

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item BMY and BJK


Availability SAP S/4HANA CLOUD 1805

Related Information

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0864cb07010642b3bde45a20de4975bc/1805.500/en-US/998da65e4bb24990b81b92031e678c13.html

12.1.1.12 Extensibility for Nota Fiscal

This feature enables you to extend notas fiscais according to your business needs. For example, to fill in additional fields in the Electronic Nota Fiscal (NF-e) or define which users have authorization to download the NF-e XML file.

To extend notas fiscais, you use the following Business Add-Ins (BAdIs):

● NFE_ADDITIONAL_FIELDS_DETERMIN● USERS_AUTH_TO_DOWNLOAD_NF_XML




Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 2RP


Availability SAP S/4HANA CLOUD 1805

Related Information

https://help.sap.com/viewer/0864cb07010642b3bde45a20de4975bc/1805.500/en-US/7842b058f5c6427ca8fa61666b668b43.html

12.1.2 Finance

12.1.2.1 EFD ICMS IPI Extractor

You can use the Run Advanced Compliance Reports (subtitile: Brazil SPED - EFD ICMS IPI Extractor - Layout 012) app to collect all the required data for the EFD ICMS IPI report that fullfill the requirements of the government in Brazil.

Technical Details


Country Dependency Valid for Brazil

Used in Scope Item 1J2_BR

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-BR



Country Specifics



Additional Details

The report generates a TXT file which meets the requirements of the Brazil tax authorities.

Once the file has been generated, you can display it by selecting the file and clicking on the corresponding hyperlink.





Set the report-specific parameters using the self-service configuration app Setting Up Your Compliance Reporting.

See Also

For more information, see the product documentation at SAP Help Portal Product Assistance Country-Specific Functions Brazil Finance Accounting and Financial Close Advanced Compliance Reporting for Brazil EFD ICMS IPI Extractor

12.1.2.2 Configuration for Payments

With this release, the Configure Your Solution app has new configuration steps for making settings related to payment processing in Brazil.


Technical Details


Application Component FI-LOC-FI-BR (Financials Brazil)


Additional Details


Payments processing Create/Assign Selection Variants (Alternative)


under Finance Accounts

Receivable Automatic Incoming/Outgoing

Payment .

Create and assign selection variants for a payment format.

Assign ISPB Codes to Bank Codes



Payable Payment

Formats .

Assign ISPB codes to bank codes.

Define DME User IDs Find this configuration step


Payable Payment

Formats .

Define the user identification for banking transactions by means of data medium exchange (DME).

Error Codes Find this configuration step

under Finance Bank

Accounting Electronic Bank

Statements .

Define descriptions for error codes that the bank sends back and that explain the reason for the rejection.




Country Specifics

See Also


12.1.2.3 Direct Debit Authorization

With this feature, you, as an accounts payable accountant (business role AP_ACCOUNTANT_BR) can handle payments based on Direct Debit Authorization (DDA).

Technical Details





Additional Details

The incoming DDA file from the buyer’s bank contains details of all electronic payment slips or electronic boletos (e-boletos) for which the buyer needs to pay the seller (supplier). You can run the DDA Details for Brazil app to display the DDA details.

See Also

For more information about the payment formats and bank statements for Hungary, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Country-Specific Functions Brazil Finance Financial OperationsInvoice Management Direct Debit Authorization .


12.1.2.4 Updates in Payment Formats

With this feature you can create and download the payment formats and you can import bank statements. The following payment formats are available for Brazil:

● BR_FEBRABAN_A● BR_FEBRABAN_P

Technical Details






See Also

For more information about the payment formats for Brazil, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Country-Specific Functions Brazil Finance Financial Operations Invoice ManagementPayments Payment Formats .

12.2 China

12.2.1 Finance


Country Specifics

12.2.1.1 Deletion of Personal Data in Golden Tax Interface

This feature enables you to block and delete personal data in a simplified way by using SAP Information Lifecycle Management (ILM).

Personal data collected in business partner master data can be blocked as soon as business activities that use this data are completed and the residence period for the data has elapsed; after this time, only users with additional authorizations can access this data.

When the retention period for data expires, personal data can be destroyed completely so that it can no longer be retrieved. Retention periods must be defined in the customer system.

Technical Details


Country Dependency Valid for China

Application Component FI-LOC-GTI-CN


Additional Details

Based on the retention period defined for data in the customer system, an end of purpose (EoP) check determines whether this data is still relevant for business activities. The retention period is part of the overall lifecycle of personal data, which consists of the following phases:

● Business activity: The relevant data is used in ongoing business, for example, contract creation, delivery, payment.

● Residence period: The data remains in the database and can be used in case of subsequent processes related to the original purpose, for example, reporting obligations.

● Blocking period: The relevant data needs to be retained for legal reasons. During the blocking period, business users of SAP applications are prevented from displaying and using this data; it can only be processed in case of mandatory legal provisions.

● Deletion: The data is deleted and no longer exists on the database.

Blocking of data can impact system behavior in the following ways:

● Display: The system does not display blocked data.● Change: It is not possible to change a business object that contains blocked data.● Create: It is not possible to create a business object that contains blocked data.● Copy/Follow-Up: It is not possible to copy a business object or perform follow-up activities for a business

object that contains blocked data.Create: It is not possible to create a business object that contains blocked data.


Only users with special authorization can display blocked data; they are not authorized, however, to create, change, or copy business objects with blocked data, or perform follow-up activities with these business objects.

See Also

For more information about the deletion of personal data in golden tax interface, see

● the relevant chapters under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Generic Information Security Aspects Data Protection ;

● the relevant chapters under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Country-Specific Functions China Data Management in Golden Tax Interface .

12.2.1.2 Read Access Logging in Golden Tax Interface

This feature enables you to log access to fields related to bank account information and person name in the Golden Tax Interface.

Technical Details


Country Dependency Valid for China

Application Component FI-LOC-GTI-CN


12.3 Denmark

12.3.1 New Bank Statement: CAMT.054

With this feature you can create and download the payment formats and you can import bank statements. The following new bank statement is available for Denmark:

● CAMT.054, version 2 (CAMT.054.001.02)


Country Specifics



Technical Details


Country Dependency Valid for Denmark

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-DK (Financials Denmark)


See Also

For more information about the payment formats and bank statements for Denmark, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Country-Specific Functions Denmark Invoice ManagementPayment Formats and Bank Statements (DK) .

12.4 France

12.4.1 Finance

12.4.1.1 VAT Declaration

The following new feature is added to the VAT Declaration Report for France:

After the file has been generated and has its status set to Content Accepted by Government, you can proceed to enter the activity of Post Tax Payables to post data you have summitted to the tax payable account.

Technical Details



Country Dependency Valid for France


Application Component FI-LOC-FI-FR


See Also

For more information about the VAT Declaration Report for France, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805Product Assistance Country-Specific Functions France Advanced Compliance Reporting for France VAT

Declaration .

12.5 Hungary

12.5.1 Finance

12.5.1.1 Destroying EC Sales List Data

You can use data destruction object FI_RFASLD15 to destroy the EC Sales List data that is no longer relevant once its retention period expires.

Technical Details


Country Dependency Valid for Hungary



Country Specifics


Application Component BC-ILM-IRM


See Also

For more information about destroying EC Sales List data, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Country-Specific Functions Hungary Data Destruction Destroying EC Sales List Data .

12.5.1.2 Configuration for VAT Return

With this release, the Configure Your Solution app has new configuration steps for making settings related to reporting using the Run Advanced Compliance Reports app for Hungary.

Technical Details

Country Dependency Valid for Hungary

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-HU (Financials Hungary)


Additional Details


All reports that you can create with the Run Advanced Compliance Reports app

Setting Up Your Compliance Reporting



Reporting Tax .

This step leads you through the process needed to set up your compliance reporting.

VAT return Define Tax Box Structure Find this configuration step


Reporting Tax .

Define reporting structures for sales/purchases tax returns.





See Also


12.6 India

12.6.1 Finance

12.6.1.1 Goods and Services Tax

12.6.1.1.1 Create STO Inbound Invoice

Technical Details


Country Dependency Valid for India


Country Specifics

Used in Scope Item BME (Stock Transfer with Delivery)

Application Component CA-GTF-CSC

Availability SAP S/4 HANA Cloud 1805

Additional Details

With this app, you can create the inbound invoice associated with an STO. You can use filters to display the STOs, and then create the inbound invoice for the required order.

See Also

For more information about Create STO Inbound Invoice, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1705 Product Assistance Country-Specific Functions India Goods and Services Tax Stock Transfer Create STO Inbound Invoice

12.6.1.1.2 Create Journal Voucher

Technical Details


Country Dependency Valid for India


Application Component CA-GTF-CSC


Additional Details

With this app, you can create a journal voucher to reverse the input tax credit posted for invoices that you have already cleared.


See Also

For more information about Create STO Inbound Invoice, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1705 Product Assistance Country-Specific Functions India Goods and Services Tax Journal Voucher Create Journal Voucher

12.7 Indonesia

12.7.1 Finance

12.7.1.1 Cash Flow Statement

The Display Cash Flow Statement - Indonesia app is enhanced with the new Grid Preview field under PDF Settings in List Output. Now you can choose between ALV Preview and the Grid Preview.

Technical Details


Country Dependency Valid for Indonesia

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-ID


Additional Details

With this feature, you can make settings in the following self-service configuration apps for the VAT Declaration Report for the Philippines. These self-service configuration apps have been added to the Manage Your Solution app.

With the Grid Preview, you can see four columns: Item Description, Code, Total Amount, and Comparison Amount. You can export the data in the grid preview to a spreadsheet by choosing Spreadsheet in the context menu.


Country Specifics

With the existing ALV preview, you can see the ALV list format of the cash flow statement in preview mode.

12.7.1.2 New Payment Format: ID_MT104

With this feature you can create and download the payment formats and you can import bank statements. The following new payment format is available for Indonesia:

● ID_MT104

Technical Details


Country Dependency Valid for Indonesia

Used in Scope Item 1EG (Bank Integration with File Interface), 1S0 (Customer Payments Integration)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-ID (Financials Indonesia)


See Also

For more information about the payment formats and bank statements for Indonesia, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Country-Specific Functions Indonesia Invoice ManagementPayment Formats and Bank Statements (ID) .

12.8 Italy

12.8.1 Deletion of Personal Data in Finance for Italy





Technical Details

Country Dependency Valid for Italy

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-IT (Financials Italy)


Additional Details








object that contains blocked data.


You can use data destruction object FI_IT_BNKACCT for destroying all the bank account numbers relating to CUP, CIG, and MGO that are no longer relevant once their retention period expires.


Country Specifics

See Also

For more information about the deletion of personal data in Finance for Italy, see

● The relevant chapters under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Generic Information Security Aspects Data Protections .

● Description of the data destruction object in http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product AssistanceCountry-Specific Functions Italy Data Destruction Destroying CUP/CIG/MGO-Related Bank Account Numbers Using FI_IT_BNKACCT .

● SAP Note 2586656

12.8.2 Read Access Logging for Italy

This feature enables you to use the BANK_BP_CIPCUG Read Access Logging (RAL) to log read and access activities for bank key and bank account in business partner, and also the CUP/CIG bank assignment.

Technical Details


Country Dependency Valid for Italy


FI-LOC-FI-IT


See Also


12.9 Japan




12.9.1 Finance

12.9.1.1 Configuration for Property Tax Report

With this release, the Configure Your Solution app has new configuration steps for making settings related to property tax report in Japan.

Technical Details


Country Dependency Valid for Japan


Application Component FI-LOC-FI-JP


Additional Details

The following new configuration steps for Japan property tax report are available:

● Make Settings for Property Tax Report (mandatory)Make settings required by the Property Tax Report for companies in Japan.Find this configuration step under Finance Statutory Reporting Japan: Property Tax Report .

● Define Declaration Key (mandatory)Create declaration keys that group tax declaration forms for property tax.Find this configuration step under Finance Statutory Reporting Japan: Property Tax Report .

● Enter City-Code-Dependent Data (mandatory)Enter details about the city code, which represents the tax office to which you submit property tax declaration forms.Find this configuration step under Finance Statutory Reporting Japan: Property Tax Report .

● Assign Declaration Key to Company Code (optional)Assign a declaration key to all company codes whose property tax declaration forms are to be submitted centrally to one tax office.Find this configuration step under Finance Statutory Reporting Japan: Property Tax Report .

● Assign Declaration Key to Company Code and City Code (optional)Assign a declaration key to the combination of a company code and a company's local office, which is represented by a city code.


Country Specifics

Find this configuration step under Finance Statutory Reporting Japan: Property Tax Report .● Enter Additional Depreciation Rates (optional)

Enter the additional depreciation rates that you use in your company based on the amount of hours that a particular asset is used.Find this configuration step under Finance Statutory Reporting Japan: Property Tax Report .

● Enter Special Depreciation Rates (optional)Enter special depreciation rates that the tax authorities grant your company. Enter rates for a given reason in the form of numerator/denominator.Find this configuration step under Finance Statutory Reporting Japan: Property Tax Report .

● Enter Migration Status (optional)Enter the migration status of a company code for a given calendar year.Find this configuration step under Finance Statutory Reporting Japan: Property Tax Report .

● Round off Taxable Amounts for Tax Office (optional)Specify the tax offices for which the system has to round off total taxable amounts.Find this configuration step under Finance Statutory Reporting Japan: Property Tax Report .

See Also

For more information about the Manage Your Solution app, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Generic Information General Functions for the Key User Implementation Tools Manage Your Solution .

12.9.1.2 Deletion of Personal Data in Invoice Summary




Technical Details






Additional Details








object that contains blocked data.Create: It is not possible to create a business object that contains blocked data.


See Also

For more information about the deletion of personal data in invoice summary, see


● the relevant chapters under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Country-Specific Functions Japan Data Management in Invoice Summary .

12.9.1.3 Additional Depreciation Rates for Japan

As of this release, the Fiori SSCUI Additional Depreciation Rates for Japan is replaced by the WebGUI SSCUI.


Country Specifics



Technical Details





12.10 Luxembourg

12.10.1 Finance

12.10.1.1 Generate Financial Statements for Luxembourg

According to the legal requirements in Luxembourg, there are three declaration types out of which one is for balance sheets, one is for profit and loss statements, and one is for chart of accounts. You can use this app to generate different financial statement files for each declaration type

Technical Details


Country Dependency Valid only for Luxembourg


Application Component FI-LOC-FI-LU



See Also

For more information, look for the section Country-Specific Functions -> Luxembourg for the relevant cloud edition under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance.

12.11 Malaysia

12.11.1 New Payment Format: MY_MT104

With this feature you can create and download the payment formats and you can import bank statements. The following new payment format is available for Malaysia:

● MY_MT104

Technical Details


Country Dependency Valid for Malaysia

Used in Scope Item 19M (Direct Debit), 1S0 (Customer Payments Integration)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-MY (Financials Malaysia)


See Also

For more information about the payment formats and bank statements for Malaysia, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Country-Specific Functions Malaysia Invoice Management Payment Formats and Bank Statements (MY) .


Country Specifics

12.12 Mexico

12.12.1 General Functions

12.12.1.1 eDocument

12.12.1.1.1 eInvoice Using eDocument

This feature enables you to create and process eDocuments for invoices created in Financial Accounting (FI) or Sales and Distribution (SD). You can use the eDocument Cockpit app to submit the generated eInvoices to an authorized certification provider (PAC), who sends the validated document to the tax authorities (SAT) for approval. You can also track the status of the eInvoices in the app, process the response from SAT, and in case of approval, send the eDocument to your customers.

Technical Details


Country Dependency Valid for Mexico


Application Component CA-GTF-CSC-EDO-MX



The eDocument Cockpit app has been enhanced with the new process for Mexico eInvoice.



In the Manage Your Solution app, choose Configure Your Solution and make settings in the configuration steps below:

● Application Platform and Infrastructure General Settings General Settings for eDocument :○ Activate Source Type Documents for Company Code○ Assign eDocument Type to Accounting Document Type○ Assign eDocument Type to Billing Document Type○ Assign eDocument Type to Invoice Verification Transaction

● Application Platform and Infrastructure General Settings Settings for eDocument Mexico :○ Maintain Number Ranges for eDocument Numbering○ Define ODN Prefix for eDocuments

You can also extend the eDocument Cockpit app in the Custom Fields and Logic app using the following Business Add-Ins (BAdIs):

Business Context BAdIs

eDocument: Partner Connector eDocument Partner Connector: Change E-Mail to Customer

eDocument: Mexico eDocument Mexico: Custom Data Filling

eDocument: Mexico eDocument Mexico: Invoice UUID Filling for Payments

See Also

For more information about eDocument for Mexico, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 under Product Assistance Country-Specific Functions Mexico General Functions eDocument .

12.12.1.1.2 ePayment Using eDocument

This feature enables you to create and process eDocuments for electronic payment receipt complements to be issued for payments you receive from your customer. You can use the eDocument Cockpit app to submit the eDocuments to an authorized certification provider (PAC), who sends the validated document to the tax authorities (SAT) for approval. You can also track the status of the eDocuments in the app, process the response from SAT, and in case of approval, send the eDocument to your customers.


Country Specifics


Technical Details




Application Component CA-GTF-CSC-EDO-MX



The eDocument Cockpit app has been enhanced with the new process for Mexico ePayment.


In the Manage Your Solution app, choose Configure Your Solution and make settings in the configuration steps below:

● Application Platform and Infrastructure General Settings General Settings for eDocument :○ Activate Source Type Documents for Company Code○ Assign eDocument Type to Accounting Document Type○ Assign eDocument Type to Billing Document Type○ Assign eDocument Type to Invoice Verification Transaction

● Application Platform and Infrastructure General Settings Settings for eDocument Mexico :○ Maintain Number Ranges for eDocument Numbering○ Define ODN Prefix for eDocuments

You can also extend the eDocument Cockpit app in the Custom Fields and Logic app using the following Business Add-Ins (BAdIs):

Business Context BAdIs

eDocument: Partner Connector eDocument Partner Connector: Change E-Mail to Customer

eDocument: Mexico eDocument Mexico: Custom Data Filling

eDocument: Mexico eDocument Mexico: Invoice UUID Filling for Payments


See Also

For more information about eDocument for Mexico, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 under Product Assistance Country-Specific Functions Mexico General Functions eDocument .

12.12.1.1.3 Deletion and Blocking of Personal Data in eDocument




This feature enables you to archive eDocuments.

Technical Details



Application Component CA-GTF-CSC-EDO

Available From SAP S/4HANA 1805

Additional Details




● Blocking period: The relevant data needs to be retained for legal reasons. During the blocking period, business users of SAP applications are prevented from displaying and using this data; it can only be processed in case of mandatory legal provisions


Country Specifics


● Deletion: The data is deleted and no longer exists on the database .


● Display: The system does not display blocked data.● Change: It is not possible to change a business object that contains blocked data.● Create : It is not possible to create a business object that contains blocked data.● Copy/Follow-Up: It is not possible to copy a business object or perform follow-up activities for a business


Authorization

● Only users with special authorization can display blocked data.● Users with the special authorization can display and perform actions on the eDocuments if the current status

allows it.

See Also

For more information about the deletion of personal data in eDocument, see


● the relevant chapters under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Country-Specific Functions Mexico General Functions eDocument .

12.12.2 Finance

12.12.2.1 Auxiliary Report for Accounts

With this feature you can report general ledger accounts and details of posted documents for the Electronic Account reporting in Mexico via the Run Advanced Compliance Reports application.




Technical Details


Country Dependency Mexico


Application Component FI-LOC-FI-MX


Additional Details

The Auxiliary Report for Accounts (MX_EACCT_AUX_ACCT_V0) extracts information from the general ledger accounts that had postings in the period you need to report. The report extracts information from the SAP S/4 HANA system and organizes this data in XML files that you send to the Mexican government.

See Also

SAP Help Portal SAP S/4HANA Cloud Product Assistance Country-Specific Functions MexicoAdvanced Compliance Reporting for Mexico Auxiliary Report for Accounts .

12.12.2.2 Journal Entries Details

With this feature you can report details of posted documents, compensated invoices, and details of payment methods (transfers) for the Electronic Account reporting in Mexico via the Run Advanced Compliance Reports application.

Technical Details


Country Dependency Mexico



Country Specifics

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-MX


Additional Details

The Journal Entries Details (MX_EACCT_JE_DETAILS_V0) report extracts information from posted documents, invoices and payment methods for the period you need to report. The report extracts information from the SAP S/4 HANA system and organizes this data in XML files that you send to the Mexican government.

See Also

SAP Help Portal SAP S/4HANA Cloud Product Assistance Country-Specific Functions MexicoAdvanced Compliance Reporting for Mexico Journal Entries Details .

12.12.2.3 Account Balance Report

With this feature, you generate an account balance report for general ledger accounts. You use the Run Compliance Reports app to generate this report.

Technical Details




Application Component FI-LOC-FI-MX (Financials Mexico)


Additional Details

The report generates an XML file that contains the following details of G/L accounts:


● Account number● Opening Balance● Closing Balance● Credit and debit amounts

You can also view the details of the accounts and their opening and closing balances using the Analytics view.


Complete the following customizing activities before you run the report:

● Define your financial statement versions using the self-service configuration app Maintain Financial Statement Versions under Master Data.

● Define your G/L accounts and their SAT codes using the self-service configuration app Manage Chart of Accounts under Master Data.

● Set the report-specific parameters using the self-service configuration app Setting Up Your Compliance Reporting.

See Also

For more information about the Account Balance report for Mexico, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 > Product Assistance > Country-Specific Functions > Mexico > Advanced Compliance Reporting for Mexico > Account Balance Report.

12.12.2.4 Chart of Accounts

With this feature, you generate a list of general ledger accounts defined in the Financial Statement Version (FSV), also known as Chart of Accounts. The feature generates an XML file that you can download and later submit to the tax authorities using the internet interface provided by them.

You use the Run Compliance Reports app to generate this report.

Technical Details





Country Specifics

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-MX (Financials Mexico)


Additional Details

The generated XML file contains the following details of the listed G/L accounts:

● Nature of the account● Level of the account● Account name● Account number● Grouping code or SAT code of the account

You can also view the details of the accounts and their opening and closing balances using the Analytics view.


Complete the following customizing activities before you run the report:

● Define your financial statement versions using the self-service configuration app Maintain Financial Statement Versions under Master Data.

● Define your G/L accounts and their SAT codes using the self-service configuration app Manage Chart of Accounts under Master Data.

● Set the report-specific parameters using the self-service configuration app Setting Up Your Compliance Reporting.

See Also

For more information about the Chart of Accounts feature for Mexico, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 > Product Assistance > Country-Specific Functions > Mexico > Advanced Compliance Reporting for Mexico > Chart of Accounts.

12.12.2.5 Withholding Tax

You can use the Run Advanced Compliance Reports app to generate the Mexico withholding tax certificate (Form 37A), and submit it to the tax authorities.


Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 1J2 (Advance Compliance Reporting )

Application Component FI-AP-AP-Q1



Set the report-specific parameters using the self-service configuration app Setting Up Your Compliance Reporting

See Also

For more information about the Withholding Tax report for Mexico, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 > Product Assistance > Country-Specific Functions > Mexico > Advanced Compliance Reporting for Mexico > Withholding Tax.

12.13 Netherlands

12.13.1 Finance

12.13.1.1 VAT Return

The report has been switched from ACR Classic mode to Enhanced mode.

Additionally, the following new activities are available:

● Manage tax items: Use this to include/exclude specific items to/from the reporting period by shifting the VAT reporting date.


Country Specifics

● Post tax payables: Use this to clear reported tax amounts from their original G/L accounts and post them to the tax office G/L account.

Technical Details


Country Dependency Valid for the Netherlands


Application Component FI-LOC-FI-NL


See Also

For more information about the VAT Return, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product AssistanceCountry-Specific Functions Netherlands Advanced Compliance Reporting for the Netherlands VAT Return .

12.14 Philippines

12.14.1 Finance

12.14.1.1 Configuration for VAT Return

With this feature, you can make settings in the following self-service configuration apps for the VAT Declaration Report for the Philippines. These self-service configuration apps have been added to the Manage Your Solution app.



Technical Details


Country Dependency Valid for Philippines

Application Component XX-CSC-PH-FI


Additional Details

● Map Alphanumeric Tax CodesMap tax codes to industry codes as defined by the tax agency in the Philippines.Find this configuration step under Finance Statutory Report Tax .

● Group Tax BalancesThis configuration step is now moved to Finance Statutory Report Tax .

● Group Tax Base BalancesThis configuration step is now moved to Finance Statutory Report Tax .

See Also



The following new features are added to the VAT Declaration Report for the Philippines.

● Schedule 1: Mapping of Alphanumeric Tax Code (ATC) with industry and mapping of ATC with company code are now enabled for Schedule 1.

● Schedule 2, Schedule 3A and 3B: These schedules for VAT Declaration Report are now supported.

These are appendixes in the the 2550M (Monthly Value-Added Tax Declaration) and 2550Q (Quarterly Value-Added Tax Return) forms.


Country Specifics

Technical Details




Application Component XX-CSC-PH-FI


See Also

For more information about the VAT Return report for Philippines, see https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/SAP_S4HANA_CLOUD Product Assistance .

12.14.1.3 Summary List of Sales

With the sales list, you can retrieve relevant data and generate a DAT file which can be then submitted to the Bureau of Internal Revenue, Philippines. The report also provides an ALV report and a CSV file so that you can review the data before submission.

You can use the Run Advanced Compliance Reports app to retrieve data and generate the files for summary list of sales periodically.

Technical Details




Application Component FI-LOC-FI-PH





See Also

For more information about the Summary List of Sales for Philippines, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805Product Assistance Country-Specific Functions Philippines Advanced Compliance Reporting for Philippines

Summary List of Sales .

12.14.1.4 Summary List of Purchase

With this feature, you can retrieve relevant data and generate a DAT file which can be then submitted to the Bureau of Internal Revenue, Philippines. The report also provides an ALV report and a CSV file so that you can review the data before submission.

You can use the Run Advanced Compliance Reports app to retrieve data and generate the files for summary list of purchase periodically.

Technical Details






See Also

For more information about the Summary List of Purchase for Philippines, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Country-Specific Functions Philippines Advanced Compliance Reporting for Philippines Summary List of Purchase .

12.14.1.5 Summary List of Importation

With the importation list, you can retrieve relevant data and generate a DAT file which can be then submitted to the Bureau of Internal Revenue, Philippines. The report also provides an ALV report and a CSV file so that you can review the data before submission.


Country Specifics




You use the Run Advanced Compliance Reports app to retrieve data and generate files for summary list of importation periodically.

SAP proposes usage of the following fields when processing relevant transactions in the system. This needs to be documented as part of the work process. The data of the following fields are retrieved from the fields of the tables RBKP and BKPF in the report:

● Import Entry: from the field Reference Document Number (XBLNR) in the table RBKP (Document Header: Invoice Receipt)

● Importation Date: from the field Document Header Text (BKTXT) in the table BKPF (Accounting Document Header: Invoice document). The format should be MM/DD/YYYY, e.g. 03/20/2018.

● Assessment Date: from the field Assignment number(ZUONR) in the table ACDOCA (Universal Journal Entry Line Items: Line Items of Invoice document). The format should be MM/DD/YYYY, e.g. 03/22/2018.

● Official Receipt Number: from the field Reference Document Number (XBLNR) in the table BKPF (Accounting Document Header: Payment document).

● Payment Date: from the field BUDAT (Posting Date in the Document) in the table BKPF(Accounting Document Header: Payment document).

● Importation Country: from the field Country Key (LAND1) in the table LFA1 (Supplier Master (General Section).

As the values of the above fields are not provided in the SAP system by default, you should first maintain them in the corresponding fields respectively. Otherwise, the fields will be displayed empty.

Except the fields Exempt Amount and Charges, the values for all other fields are provided by the report. You can maintain the fields Exempt Amount and Charges using the BAdI.

You can implement this BAdI according to your business needs using the Custom Fields and Logic app. For more information about the Custom Fields and Logic app, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana SAP S/4HANA Cloud <choose release> Product Assistance Generic Information General Functions for the Key User Extensibility

Extensibility Custom Fields and Logic .

Technical Details






See Also

For more information about the Summary List of Importation for Philippines, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Country-Specific Functions Philippines Advanced Compliance Reporting for Philippines Summary List of Importation .




12.14.1.6 New Payment Format: PH_MT104

With this feature you can create and download the payment formats and you can import bank statements. The following new payment format is available for Philippines:

● PH_MT104

Technical Details



Used in Scope Item 19M (Direct Debit), 1S0 (Customer Payments Integration)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-PH (Financials Philippines)


See Also

For more information about the payment formats and bank statements for Philippines, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Country-Specific Functions Philippines Invoice ManagementPayment Formats and Bank Statements (PH) .

12.15 Spain

12.15.1 General Functions

12.15.1.1 eDocument


Country Specifics

12.15.1.1.1 Deletion and Blocking of Personal Data in eDocument




This feature enables you to archive eDocuments.

Technical Details


Country Dependency Valid for Spain

Application Component CA-GTF-CSC-EDO

Available From SAP S/4HANA 1805

Additional Details




● Blocking period: The relevant data needs to be retained for legal reasons. During the blocking period, business users of SAP applications are prevented from displaying and using this data; it can only be processed in case of mandatory legal provisions

● Deletion: The data is deleted and no longer exists on the database .


● Display: The system does not display blocked data.● Change: It is not possible to change a business object that contains blocked data.● Create : It is not possible to create a business object that contains blocked data.● Copy/Follow-Up: It is not possible to copy a business object or perform follow-up activities for a business



Authorization

● Only users with special authorization can display blocked data.● Users with the special authorization can display and perform actions on the eDocuments if the current status

allows it.

See Also

For more information about the deletion of personal data in eDocument, see


● the relevant chapters under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product Assistance Country-Specific Functions Spain General Functions eDocument .

12.15.1.1.2 Create Incash eDocuments for SII

You can use theCreate InCash eDocuments for SII app to create eDocuments out of incoming cash payments that have to be submitted according to the Immediate Supply of Information System (SII) regulations in Spain.

Technical Details


Country Dependency Valid only for Spain


Application Component FI-LOC-FI-ES


See Also

For more information see http:/help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 under Product Assistance Country-Specific Functions Spain General Functions eDocument Electronic VAT Register Books with SII .


Country Specifics



12.15.1.1.3 BAdIs: Change Incoming and Outcoming Invoice Details for SII

Two new BAdIs are available that allow you to change some of the details of incoming and outcoming invoices before sending your data to the tax agency using the Immediate Supply of Information System (SII): Spanish SII Incoming Invoice Change (FIESSII_INCG_INVC_CHANGE) and Spanish SII Outgoing Invoice Change (FIESSII_OUTG_INVC_CHANGE). To do so, you use the Customs Fields and Logic app.

Technical Details


Country Dependency Valid only for Spain


Application Component FI-LOC-FI-ES


See Also

For more information see http:/help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 under Product Assistance Country-Specific Functions Spain General Functions eDocument Electronic VAT Register Books with SII .

12.16 Switzerland

12.16.1 Finance

12.16.1.1 VAT Return for Switzerland

You can use the Run Advanced Compliance Reports app to create PDF files for the VAT Return for Switzerland.


Technical Details


Country Dependency Valid only for Switzerland

Used in Scope Item 1J2 (Advance Compliance Reporting )

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-CH


See Also

For more information see http:/help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 -> Product Assistance -> Country-Specific Functions -> Switzerland -> Advanced Compliance Reporting for Switzerland -> VAT Return.

12.17 South Africa

12.17.1 Finance

12.17.1.1 Create Correspondence

With the existing transactional app Create Correspondence you can easily preview and send correspondence to customers including account statements, invoices, and open items lists. The app can be launched from the SAP Fiori launchpad or called by other applications such as Process Receivables and Manage Customer Line Items.

This app has been localized for South Africa by introducing a new correspondence type SAP06 (South Africa Customer Account Statement). When you select this correspondence type, two new selection parameters House Bank and Account are displayed on the selection screen and the company’s bank account details are displayed in the generated output.


Country Specifics

Technical Details


Country Dependency Valid for South Africa


Application Component FI-LOC-FI ((Localization Financials)


Additional Details

The new correspondence type is only displayed when you specify a company code relevant to South Africa.

Bank account details are displayed in the generated output only if the bank data saved in your system has a matching entry for the company code, house bank, and account specified on the selection screen.

See Also

For more information about Create Correspondence for South Africa, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 > Product Assistance > Create Correspondence for South Africa.

12.18 South Korea

12.18.1 Finance

12.18.1.1 Value-Added Tax (VAT)

You can use the Run Advanced Compliance Reports app to generate the Value-Added Tax (VAT) reports that fulfill the requirements of the government in South Korea. Apart from the existing features, the report generates a new file Export Performance Specification in TXT format. This file includes information on the tax invoices of the export


of goods and services. Besides, you can navigate to the Manage Tax Items for Legal Reporting app to view all tax items for a specific period based on criteria. You can also include or exclude tax items by changing the tax reporting date as well as view accounting documents from this app.

Technical Details


Country Dependency Valid for South Korea


Application Component FI-LOC-FI-KR


See Also

For more information, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 under Product Assistance Country-Specific Functions South Korea Advanced Compliance Reporting for South Korea VAT .

12.19 United Arab Emirates

12.19.1 Finance

12.19.1.1 Audit File

With this feature, you generate Federal Tax Authority (FTA) VAT Audit files, also known as FAF files, to enable the FTA to audit VAT returns filed in the United Arab Emirates.

You use the Run Compliance Reports app to generate audit files.


Country Specifics


Technical Details


Country Dependency Valid for United Arab Emirates




Additional Details

The FAF file contains line level details of tax-relevant documents posted in the system and provides information on the base amount and calculated tax amount for purchases, sales, and for each general ledger account to which tax-relevant documents are posted.


To generate audit files, you need to assign reporting parameters for the reporting entity AE_REP_ENT using the self-service configuration app Setting Up Your Compliance Reporting.

See Also

For more information about the Audit File feature for United Arab Emirates, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 > Product Assistance.

12.19.1.2 VAT Report

You can use the Run Advanced Compliance Reports app to create the VAT Report for the United Arab Emirates.

Technical Details



Country Dependency Valid for United Arab Emirates





To generate the VAT report, you need to assign reporting parameters for the reporting entity AE_REP_ENT using the self-service configuration app Setting Up Your Compliance Reporting.

See Also

For more information about the VA Report feature for United Arab Emirates, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 > Product Assistance.

12.20 United Kingdom

12.20.1 Finance


The following new feature is added to the VAT Return report for the United Kingdom:

● The report supports now the reporting of parked documents including parked documents that are due for longer than 6 months

The following new tax tax box customizing is included:

● SSCUI Define Tax Box Structure


Country Specifics

Technical Details


Country Dependency Valid for the United Kingdom


Application Component FI-LOC-FI-GB


See Also

For more information about the VAT Return, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1805 Product AssistanceCountry-Specific Functions United Kingdom Advanced Compliance Reporting for the United Kingdom VAT Return .



Important Disclaimers and Legal Information

HyperlinksSome links are classified by an icon and/or a mouseover text. These links provide additional information.About the icons:

● Links with the icon : You are entering a Web site that is not hosted by SAP. By using such links, you agree (unless expressly stated otherwise in your agreements with SAP) to this:

● The content of the linked-to site is not SAP documentation. You may not infer any product claims against SAP based on this information.● SAP does not agree or disagree with the content on the linked-to site, nor does SAP warrant the availability and correctness. SAP shall not be liable for any

damages caused by the use of such content unless damages have been caused by SAP's gross negligence or willful misconduct.

● Links with the icon : You are leaving the documentation for that particular SAP product or service and are entering a SAP-hosted Web site. By using such links, you agree that (unless expressly stated otherwise in your agreements with SAP) you may not infer any product claims against SAP based on this information.

Beta and Other Experimental FeaturesExperimental features are not part of the officially delivered scope that SAP guarantees for future releases. This means that experimental features may be changed by SAP at any time for any reason without notice. Experimental features are not for productive use. You may not demonstrate, test, examine, evaluate or otherwise use the experimental features in a live operating environment or with data that has not been sufficiently backed up.The purpose of experimental features is to get feedback early on, allowing customers and partners to influence the future product accordingly. By providing your feedback (e.g. in the SAP Community), you accept that intellectual property rights of the contributions or derivative works shall remain the exclusive property of SAP.

Example CodeAny software coding and/or code snippets are examples. They are not for productive use. The example code is only intended to better explain and visualize the syntax and phrasing rules. SAP does not warrant the correctness and completeness of the example code. SAP shall not be liable for errors or damages caused by the use of example code unless damages have been caused by SAP's gross negligence or willful misconduct.

Gender-Related LanguageWe try not to use gender-specific word forms and formulations. As appropriate for context and readability, SAP may use masculine word forms to refer to all genders.


Important Disclaimers and Legal Information

What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805Important Disclaimers and Legal Information P U B L I C 497

go.sap.com/registration/contact.html

© 2018 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company. All rights reserved.No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company. The information contained herein may be changed without prior notice.Some software products marketed by SAP SE and its distributors contain proprietary software components of other software vendors. National product specifications may vary.These materials are provided by SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company for informational purposes only, without representation or warranty of any kind, and SAP or its affiliated companies shall not be liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials. The only warranties for SAP or SAP affiliate company products and services are those that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services, if any. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty.SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other countries. All other product and service names mentioned are the trademarks of their respective companies.Please see https://www.sap.com/about/legal/trademark.html for additional trademark information and notices.

https://go.sap.com/registration/contact.html

https://go.sap.com/registration/contact.html

https://www.sap.com/about/legal/trademark.html